Rearrange folders structure to remove unnecessary 'krecipes' second level subfolder

Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro <michele.calgaro@yahoo.it>

62 files changed, 11630 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/widgets/Makefile.am b/src/widgets/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b92e241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+## Makefile.am for krecipes
+
+# this is the program that gets installed.  it's name is used for all
+# of the other Makefile.am variables
+
+# set the include path for X, tqt and TDE
+INCLUDES         = -I$(srcdir)/.. $(all_includes)
+
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES=libkrecipeswidgets.la
+
+libkrecipeswidgets_la_SOURCES= \
+	krelistview.cpp kremenu.cpp \
+	paneldeco.cpp ingredientlistview.cpp unitlistview.cpp \
+	propertylistview.cpp prepmethodlistview.cpp categorylistview.cpp \
+	authorlistview.cpp recipelistview.cpp categorycombobox.cpp \
+	kretextedit.cpp dblistviewbase.cpp \
+	conversiontable.cpp fractioninput.cpp ingredientcombobox.cpp \
+	headercombobox.cpp prepmethodcombobox.cpp \
+	inglistviewitem.cpp kdateedit.cpp kdatepickerpopup.cpp \
+	headerlistview.cpp ratingwidget.cpp kwidgetlistbox.cpp \
+	ratingdisplaywidget.ui criteriacombobox.cpp ingredientinputwidget.cpp \
+	unitcombobox.cpp amountunitinput.cpp weightinput.cpp
+
+
+libkrecipeswidgets_la_METASOURCES=AUTO
+
+#the library search path.
+libkrecipeswidgets_la_LDFLAGS = $(KDE_RPATH) $(all_libraries)
diff --git a/src/widgets/amountunitinput.cpp b/src/widgets/amountunitinput.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..699f76d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/amountunitinput.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "amountunitinput.h"
+
+#include <tqheader.h>
+#include <tqlistview.h>
+
+#include "fractioninput.h"
+#include "unitcombobox.h"
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/mixednumber.h"
+
+AmountUnitInput::AmountUnitInput( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *database, Unit::Type type, MixedNumber::Format format ) : TQHBox(parent),
+  m_item(0), m_database(database)
+{
+	amountInput = new FractionInput(this,format);
+	unitBox = new UnitComboBox(this,database,type);
+	unitBox->reload();
+
+	connect( amountInput, TQ_SIGNAL(valueChanged(const MixedNumber &)), TQ_SLOT(emitValueChanged()) );
+	connect( unitBox, TQ_SIGNAL(activated(int)), TQ_SLOT(emitValueChanged()) );
+	connect( amountInput, TQ_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQ_SIGNAL(doneEditing()) );
+}
+
+void AmountUnitInput::emitValueChanged()
+{
+	emit valueChanged( amount(), unit() );
+}
+
+void AmountUnitInput::setAmount( const MixedNumber &amount )
+{
+	amountInput->disconnect( this );
+	if ( amount.toDouble() < 0 )
+		amountInput->clear();
+	else
+		amountInput->setValue( amount, 0 );
+	connect( amountInput, TQ_SIGNAL(valueChanged(const MixedNumber &)), TQ_SLOT(emitValueChanged()) );
+}
+
+void AmountUnitInput::setUnit( const Unit &unit )
+{
+	if ( unit.id == -1 )
+		unitBox->setCurrentItem(0);
+	else
+		unitBox->setSelected( unit.id );
+
+}
+
+MixedNumber AmountUnitInput::amount() const
+{
+	return amountInput->value();
+}
+
+Unit AmountUnitInput::unit() const
+{
+	//TODO Potential for optimization here... avoid the database call
+	return m_database->unitName( unitBox->id( unitBox->currentItem() ) );
+}
+
+#include "amountunitinput.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/amountunitinput.h b/src/widgets/amountunitinput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..911e67c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/amountunitinput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef AMOUNTUNITINPUT_H
+#define AMOUNTUNITINPUT_H
+
+#include <tqhbox.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+#include "datablocks/mixednumber.h"
+
+class TQListViewItem;
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class FractionInput;
+class UnitComboBox;
+
+class AmountUnitInput : public TQHBox
+{
+TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	AmountUnitInput( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *database, Unit::Type type = Unit::All, MixedNumber::Format f = MixedNumber::MixedNumberFormat );
+
+	void setAmount( const MixedNumber &amount );
+	void setUnit( const Unit &unit );
+
+	MixedNumber amount() const;
+	Unit unit() const;
+	TQListViewItem *item() const { return m_item; }
+	void setItem( TQListViewItem *it ){ m_item = it; }
+
+	void insertIntoListview( TQListViewItem *it, int col );
+
+public slots:
+	void emitValueChanged();
+
+signals:
+	void valueChanged( const MixedNumber &, const Unit &unit );
+	void doneEditing();
+
+private:
+	FractionInput *amountInput;
+	UnitComboBox *unitBox;
+
+	TQListViewItem *m_item;
+
+	RecipeDB *m_database;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/authorlistview.cpp b/src/widgets/authorlistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ef696d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/authorlistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "authorlistview.h"
+
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tdepopupmenu.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "dialogs/createelementdialog.h"
+#include "dialogs/dependanciesdialog.h"
+
+AuthorListView::AuthorListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : DBListViewBase( parent, db, db->authorCount() )
+{
+	setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+	setDefaultRenameAction( TQListView::Reject );
+}
+
+void AuthorListView::init()
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( authorCreated( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( checkCreateAuthor( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( authorRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeAuthor( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void AuthorListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	ElementList authorList;
+	database->loadAuthors( &authorList, limit, offset );
+
+	setTotalItems(authorList.count());
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator ing_it = authorList.begin(); ing_it != authorList.end(); ++ing_it )
+		createAuthor( *ing_it );
+}
+
+void AuthorListView::checkCreateAuthor( const Element &el )
+{
+	if ( handleElement(el.name) ) { //only create this author if the base class okays it
+		createAuthor(el);
+	}
+}
+
+
+StdAuthorListView::StdAuthorListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : AuthorListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Author" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+
+	if ( editable ) {
+		setRenameable( 0, true );
+
+		TDEIconLoader *il = new TDEIconLoader;
+
+		kpop = new TDEPopupMenu( this );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "document-new", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Create" ), this, TQ_SLOT( createNew() ), CTRL + Key_N );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-delete", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Delete" ), this, TQ_SLOT( remove
+			                  () ), Key_Delete );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Rename" ), this, TQ_SLOT( rename() ), CTRL + Key_R );
+		kpop->polish();
+
+		delete il;
+
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( contextMenu( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ), TQ_SLOT( showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( modAuthor( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( itemRenamed( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( saveAuthor( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::showPopup( TDEListView * /*l*/, TQListViewItem *i, const TQPoint &p )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		kpop->exec( p );
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::createNew()
+{
+	CreateElementDialog * elementDialog = new CreateElementDialog( this, i18n( "New Author" ) );
+
+	if ( elementDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+		TQString result = elementDialog->newElementName();
+
+		//check bounds first
+		if ( checkBounds( result ) )
+			database->createNewAuthor( result ); // Create the new author in the database
+	}
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::remove
+	()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item ) {
+		int id = item->text( 1 ).toInt();
+
+		ElementList recipeDependancies;
+		database->findUseOfAuthorInRecipes( &recipeDependancies, id );
+
+		if ( recipeDependancies.isEmpty() ) {
+			switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "Are you sure you want to delete this author?" ) ) ) {
+				case KMessageBox::Continue:
+					database->removeAuthor( id );
+					break;
+			}
+			return;
+		}
+		else { // need warning!
+			ListInfo info;
+			info.list = recipeDependancies;
+			info.name = i18n("Recipes");
+
+			DependanciesDialog warnDialog( this, info, false );
+			if ( warnDialog.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted )
+				database->removeAuthor( id );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::rename()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item )
+		AuthorListView::rename( item, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::createAuthor( const Element &author )
+{
+	createElement(new TQListViewItem( this, author.name, TQString::number( author.id ) ));
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::removeAuthor( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 1 );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::modAuthor( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		AuthorListView::rename( i, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdAuthorListView::saveAuthor( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( !checkBounds( i->text( 0 ) ) ) {
+		reload(ForceReload); //reset the changed text
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	int existing_id = database->findExistingAuthorByName( i->text( 0 ) );
+	int author_id = i->text( 1 ).toInt();
+	if ( existing_id != -1 && existing_id != author_id )  //category already exists with this label... merge the two
+	{
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "This author already exists.  Continuing will merge these two authors into one.  Are you sure?" ) ) )
+		{
+		case KMessageBox::Continue: {
+				database->mergeAuthors( existing_id, author_id );
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			reload(ForceReload);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		database->modAuthor( ( i->text( 1 ) ).toInt(), i->text( 0 ) );
+	}
+}
+
+bool StdAuthorListView::checkBounds( const TQString &name )
+{
+	if ( name.length() > uint(database->maxAuthorNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Author name cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxAuthorNameLength() ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+AuthorCheckListItem::AuthorCheckListItem( AuthorCheckListView* qlv, const Element &author ) : TQCheckListItem( qlv, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ),
+	authorStored(author),
+	m_listview(qlv)
+{
+}
+
+AuthorCheckListItem::AuthorCheckListItem( AuthorCheckListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const Element &author ) : TQCheckListItem( qlv, after, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ),
+	authorStored(author),
+	m_listview(qlv)
+{
+}
+
+Element AuthorCheckListItem::author() const
+{
+	return authorStored;
+}
+
+TQString AuthorCheckListItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0:
+		return ( authorStored.name );
+	case 1:
+		return ( TQString::number( authorStored.id ) );
+	default:
+		return TQString::null;
+	}
+}
+
+void AuthorCheckListItem::stateChange( bool on )
+{
+	m_listview->stateChange(this,on);
+}
+
+
+AuthorCheckListView::AuthorCheckListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : AuthorListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Author" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig *config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+}
+
+void AuthorCheckListView::createAuthor( const Element &author )
+{
+	createElement(new AuthorCheckListItem( this, author ));
+}
+
+void AuthorCheckListView::removeAuthor( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 1 );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void AuthorCheckListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	AuthorListView::load(limit,offset);
+
+	for ( TQValueList<Element>::const_iterator author_it = m_selections.begin(); author_it != m_selections.end(); ++author_it ) {
+		TQCheckListItem * item = ( TQCheckListItem* ) findItem( TQString::number( (*author_it).id ), 1 );
+		if ( item ) {
+			item->setOn(true);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void AuthorCheckListView::stateChange(AuthorCheckListItem *it,bool on)
+{
+	if ( !reloading() ) {
+		if ( on )
+			m_selections.append(it->author());
+		else
+			m_selections.remove(it->author());
+	}
+}
+
+#include "authorlistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/authorlistview.h b/src/widgets/authorlistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1cdc49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/authorlistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef AUTHORLISTVIEW_H
+#define AUTHORLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.h"
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class TDEPopupMenu;
+
+class AuthorCheckListView;
+
+class AuthorCheckListItem: public TQCheckListItem
+{
+public:
+	AuthorCheckListItem( AuthorCheckListView* qlv, const Element &author );
+	AuthorCheckListItem( AuthorCheckListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const Element &author );
+
+	Element author() const;
+
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+
+protected:
+	virtual void stateChange( bool on );
+
+private:
+	Element authorStored;
+	AuthorCheckListView *m_listview;
+};
+
+
+class AuthorListView : public DBListViewBase
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	AuthorListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+protected slots:
+	void checkCreateAuthor( const Element &el );
+	virtual void createAuthor( const Element & ) = 0;
+	virtual void removeAuthor( int ) = 0;
+	virtual void load( int curr_limit, int curr_offset );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void init();
+};
+
+class StdAuthorListView : public AuthorListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	StdAuthorListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createAuthor( const Element & );
+	virtual void removeAuthor( int );
+
+private slots:
+	void showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & );
+
+	void createNew();
+	void remove
+		();
+	void rename();
+
+	void modAuthor( TQListViewItem* i );
+	void saveAuthor( TQListViewItem* i );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const TQString &name );
+
+	TDEPopupMenu *kpop;
+};
+
+
+class AuthorCheckListView : public AuthorListView
+{
+public:
+	AuthorCheckListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+	virtual void stateChange(AuthorCheckListItem *,bool);
+
+	TQValueList<Element> selections() const{ return m_selections; }
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createAuthor( const Element &ing );
+	virtual void removeAuthor( int );
+
+	virtual void load( int limit, int offset );
+
+private:
+	TQValueList<Element> m_selections;
+};
+
+#endif //AUTHORLISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/categorycombobox.cpp b/src/widgets/categorycombobox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7935cbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/categorycombobox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003-2004 by                                                 *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "categorycombobox.h"
+
+#include <tqlistbox.h>
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "backends/progressinterface.h"
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+#include "datablocks/categorytree.h"
+
+CategoryComboBox::CategoryComboBox( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : KComboBox( parent ),
+		database( db ),
+		m_offset(0)
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoryCreated( const Element &, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( createCategory( const Element &, int ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoryRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeCategory( int ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoryModified( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( modifyCategory( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoriesMerged( int, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( mergeCategories( int, int ) ) );
+
+    // Insert default "All Categories" (row 0, which will be translated to -1 as category in the filtering process)
+    // the rest of the items are loaded when needed in order to significantly speed up startup
+    insertItem( i18n( "All Categories" ) );
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::popup()
+{
+	if ( count() == 1 )
+		reload();
+	KComboBox::popup();
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::reload()
+{
+	TQString remember_cat_filter = currentText();
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();config->setGroup( "Performance" );
+	int limit = config->readNumEntry( "CategoryLimit", -1 );
+
+	//ProgressInterface pi(this);
+	//pi.listenOn(database);
+
+	CategoryTree categoryList;
+	database->loadCategories( &categoryList, limit, m_offset, -1 );
+
+	clear();
+	categoryComboRows.clear();
+
+	// Insert default "All Categories" (row 0, which will be translated to -1 as category in the filtering process)
+	insertItem( i18n( "All Categories" ) );
+
+	//Now load the categories
+	int row = 1;
+	loadCategories(&categoryList,row);
+
+	if ( listBox() ->findItem( remember_cat_filter, TQt::ExactMatch ) ) {
+		setCurrentText( remember_cat_filter );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::loadCategories( CategoryTree *categoryTree, int &row )
+{
+	for ( CategoryTree * child_it = categoryTree->firstChild(); child_it; child_it = child_it->nextSibling() ) {
+		insertItem( child_it->category.name );
+		categoryComboRows.insert( row, child_it->category.id ); // store category id's in the combobox position to obtain the category id later
+		row++;
+		loadCategories( child_it, row );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::loadNextGroup()
+{
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();config->setGroup( "Performance" );
+	int limit = config->readNumEntry( "CategoryLimit", -1 );
+
+	m_offset += limit;
+
+	reload();
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::loadPrevGroup()
+{
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();config->setGroup( "Performance" );
+	int limit = config->readNumEntry( "CategoryLimit", -1 );
+
+	m_offset -= limit;
+
+	reload();
+}
+
+int CategoryComboBox::id( int row )
+{
+	if ( row )
+		return categoryComboRows[ row ];
+	else
+		return -1; // No category filtering
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::createCategory( const Element &element, int /*parent_id*/ )
+{
+	int row = findInsertionPoint( element.name );
+
+	insertItem( element.name, row );
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item down
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = categoryComboRows.begin(); it != categoryComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() >= row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() + 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	categoryComboRows = new_map;
+	categoryComboRows.insert( row, element.id );
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::removeCategory( int id )
+{
+	int row = -1;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = categoryComboRows.begin(); it != categoryComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.data() == id ) {
+			row = it.key();
+			removeItem( row );
+			categoryComboRows.remove( it );
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( row == -1 )
+		return ;
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item up
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = categoryComboRows.begin(); it != categoryComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() > row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() - 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	categoryComboRows = new_map;
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::modifyCategory( const Element &element )
+{
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::const_iterator it = categoryComboRows.begin(); it != categoryComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.data() == element.id )
+			changeItem( element.name, it.key() );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryComboBox::mergeCategories( int /*to_id*/, int from_id )
+{
+	removeCategory( from_id );
+}
+
+int CategoryComboBox::findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name )
+{
+	for ( int i = 1; i < count(); i++ ) {
+		if ( TQString::localeAwareCompare( name, text( i ) ) < 0 )
+			return i;
+	}
+
+	return count();
+}
+
+#include "categorycombobox.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/categorycombobox.h b/src/widgets/categorycombobox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cc99aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/categorycombobox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CATEGORYCOMBOBOX_H
+#define CATEGORYCOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+
+#include <tqmap.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class CategoryTree;
+
+class CategoryComboBox : public KComboBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	CategoryComboBox( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+	void reload();
+	int id( int row );
+
+public slots:
+	void loadNextGroup();
+	void loadPrevGroup();
+
+protected:
+    virtual void popup();
+
+private slots:
+	void createCategory( const Element &element, int /*parent_id*/ );
+	void removeCategory( int id );
+	void modifyCategory( const Element &element );
+	void mergeCategories( int /*to_id*/, int from_id );
+
+	int findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name );
+
+private:
+	void loadCategories( CategoryTree *categoryList, int &row );
+
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	TQMap<int, int> categoryComboRows; // Contains the category id for every given row in the category combobox
+	int m_offset;
+};
+
+#endif //CATEGORYCOMBOBOX_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/categorylistview.cpp b/src/widgets/categorylistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ebe6e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/categorylistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@
+
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "categorylistview.h"
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tdepopupmenu.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/categorytree.h"
+#include "dialogs/createcategorydialog.h"
+#include "dialogs/dependanciesdialog.h"
+
+CategoryCheckListItem::CategoryCheckListItem( CategoryCheckListView* klv, const Element &category, bool _exclusive ) : TQCheckListItem( klv, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ), CategoryItemInfo( category ),
+		locked( false ),
+		exclusive( _exclusive ),
+		m_listview(klv)
+{
+	setOn( false ); // Set unchecked by default
+}
+
+CategoryCheckListItem::CategoryCheckListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category, bool _exclusive ) : TQCheckListItem( it, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ), CategoryItemInfo( category ),
+		locked( false ),
+		exclusive( _exclusive ),
+		m_listview((CategoryCheckListView*)it->listView())
+{
+	setOn( false ); // Set unchecked by default
+}
+
+CategoryCheckListItem::CategoryCheckListItem( CategoryCheckListView* klv, TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category, bool _exclusive ) : TQCheckListItem( klv, it, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ), CategoryItemInfo( category ),
+		locked( false ),
+		exclusive( _exclusive ),
+		m_listview(klv)
+{
+	setOn( false ); // Set unchecked by default
+}
+
+TQString CategoryCheckListItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	if ( column == 1 )
+		return ( TQString::number( ctyStored.id ) );
+	else
+		return ( ctyStored.name );
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListItem::setText( int column, const TQString &text )
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0:
+		ctyStored.name = text;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListItem::stateChange( bool on )
+{
+	m_listview->stateChange(this,on);
+
+	if ( locked )
+		return;
+
+	if ( on && exclusive ) {
+		setParentsState( false );
+		setChildrenState( false );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListItem::setChildrenState( bool on )
+{
+	if ( !isPopulated() )
+		return;
+
+	for ( CategoryCheckListItem * cat_it = ( CategoryCheckListItem* ) firstChild(); cat_it; cat_it = ( CategoryCheckListItem* ) cat_it->nextSibling() ) {
+		cat_it->locked = true;
+		cat_it->setOn( on );
+		cat_it->setChildrenState( on );
+		cat_it->locked = false;
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListItem::setParentsState( bool on )
+{
+	locked = true;
+
+	CategoryCheckListItem *cat_it;
+	for ( cat_it = ( CategoryCheckListItem* ) parent(); cat_it; cat_it = ( CategoryCheckListItem* ) cat_it->parent() )
+		cat_it->setOn( on );
+
+	locked = false;
+}
+
+
+
+
+CategoryListItem::CategoryListItem( TQListView* klv, const Element &category ) : TQListViewItem( klv ),
+	CategoryItemInfo(category)
+{}
+
+CategoryListItem::CategoryListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category ) : TQListViewItem( it ),
+	CategoryItemInfo(category)
+{}
+
+CategoryListItem::CategoryListItem( TQListView* klv, TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category ) : TQListViewItem( klv, it ),
+	CategoryItemInfo(category)
+{}
+
+TQString CategoryListItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	if ( column == 1 )
+		return ( TQString::number( ctyStored.id ) );
+	else
+		return ( ctyStored.name );
+}
+
+void CategoryListItem::setText( int column, const TQString &text )
+{
+	if ( column == 0 )
+		ctyStored.name = text;
+}
+
+
+
+CategoryListView::CategoryListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : DBListViewBase( parent, db, db->categoryTopLevelCount() ),
+	m_item_to_delete(0)
+{
+	//connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( spacePressed(TQListViewItem*) ), TQ_SLOT( open(TQListViewItem*) ) );
+	//connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed(TQListViewItem*) ), TQ_SLOT( open(TQListViewItem*) ) );
+	//connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( executed(TQListViewItem*) ), TQ_SLOT( open(TQListViewItem*) ) );
+
+	connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( expanded(TQListViewItem*) ), TQ_SLOT( open(TQListViewItem*) ) );
+
+	setRootIsDecorated( true );
+	setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+	setDefaultRenameAction( TQListView::Reject );
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::init()
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoryCreated( const Element &, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( checkCreateCategory( const Element &, int ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoryRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeCategory( int ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoryModified( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( modifyCategory( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoryModified( int, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( modifyCategory( int, int ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( categoriesMerged( int, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( mergeCategories( int, int ) ) );
+}
+
+// (Re)loads the data from the database
+void CategoryListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	items_map.clear();
+
+	CategoryTree list;
+	CategoryTree *p_list = &list;
+	database->loadCachedCategories( &p_list, limit, offset, -1, false );
+
+	setTotalItems(p_list->count());
+
+	for ( CategoryTree * child_it = p_list->firstChild(); child_it; child_it = child_it->nextSibling() ) {
+		createCategory( child_it->category, -1 );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::populate( TQListViewItem *item )
+{
+	CategoryItemInfo *cat_item = dynamic_cast<CategoryItemInfo*>(item);
+	if ( !cat_item || cat_item->isPopulated() ) return;
+
+	if ( item->firstChild() && item->firstChild()->rtti() != PSEUDOLISTITEM_RTTI )
+		return;
+
+	delete item->firstChild(); //delete the "pseudo item"
+
+	int id = cat_item->categoryId();
+	cat_item->setPopulated(true);
+
+	CategoryTree categoryTree;
+	database->loadCategories( &categoryTree, -1, 0, id, false );
+	
+	for ( CategoryTree * child_it = categoryTree.firstChild(); child_it; child_it = child_it->nextSibling() ) {
+		createCategory( child_it->category, id );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::populateAll( TQListViewItem *parent )
+{
+	if ( !parent )
+		parent = firstChild();
+
+	for ( TQListViewItem *item = parent; item; item = item->nextSibling() ) {
+		populate( item );
+		if ( item->firstChild() )
+			populateAll( item->firstChild() );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::open( TQListViewItem *item )
+{
+	Q_ASSERT( item );
+	if ( !item->firstChild() || item->firstChild()->rtti() != PSEUDOLISTITEM_RTTI ) return;
+
+	populate(item);
+
+	item->setOpen(true);
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::checkCreateCategory( const Element &el, int parent_id )
+{
+	if ( parent_id != -1 || handleElement(el.name) ) { //only create this category if the base class okays it; allow all non-top-level items
+		createCategory(el,parent_id);
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::modifyCategory( const Element &category )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = items_map[ category.id ];
+
+	if ( item )
+		item->setText( 0, category.name );
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::modifyCategory( int id, int parent_id )
+{
+	TQMap<int,TQListViewItem*>::iterator item_it = items_map.find(id);
+	if ( item_it != items_map.end() ) {
+		TQListViewItem *item = *item_it;
+		Q_ASSERT( item );
+
+		removeElement(item,false);
+		if ( !item->parent() )
+			takeItem( item );
+		else
+			item->parent() ->takeItem( item );
+	
+		if ( parent_id == -1 ) {
+			insertItem(item);
+			createElement(item);
+		}
+		else {
+			TQMap<int,TQListViewItem*>::iterator parent_item_it = items_map.find(parent_id);
+			if ( parent_item_it != items_map.end() &&
+ 			  dynamic_cast<CategoryItemInfo*>(*parent_item_it)->isPopulated() ) {
+				(*parent_item_it)->insertItem( item );
+				createElement(item);
+			}
+			else {
+				if ( !(*parent_item_it)->firstChild() )
+					new PseudoListItem( *parent_item_it );
+
+				//removeElement() was already called on this item, so we just delete it
+				//we can't delete it just yet because this function is called by a slot
+				delete m_item_to_delete;
+				m_item_to_delete = item;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryListView::mergeCategories( int id1, int id2 )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * to_item = items_map[ id1 ];
+	TQListViewItem *from_item = items_map[ id2 ];
+
+	CategoryItemInfo *info_item = dynamic_cast<CategoryItemInfo*>(to_item);
+
+	if ( to_item && info_item->isPopulated() && from_item ) {
+		//note that this takes care of any recipes that may be children as well
+		TQListViewItem *next_sibling;
+		for ( TQListViewItem * it = from_item->firstChild(); it; it = next_sibling ) {
+			next_sibling = it->nextSibling(); //get the sibling before we move the item
+	
+			removeElement(it,false);
+			from_item->takeItem( it );
+
+			to_item->insertItem( it );
+			createElement(it);
+		}
+	}
+
+	removeCategory( id2 );
+}
+
+
+StdCategoryListView::StdCategoryListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : CategoryListView( parent, db ),
+		clipboard_item( 0 ),
+		clipboard_parent( 0 )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Category" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig *config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+
+	if ( editable ) {
+		setRenameable( 0, true );
+		setDragEnabled( true );
+		setAcceptDrops( true );
+
+		TDEIconLoader *il = new TDEIconLoader;
+
+		kpop = new TDEPopupMenu( this );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "document-new", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Create" ), this, TQ_SLOT( createNew() ), CTRL + Key_C );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-delete", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Delete" ), this, TQ_SLOT( remove
+			                  () ), Key_Delete );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Rename" ), this, TQ_SLOT( rename() ), CTRL + Key_R );
+		kpop->insertSeparator();
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-cut", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "Cu&t" ), this, TQ_SLOT( cut() ), CTRL + Key_X );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-paste", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Paste" ), this, TQ_SLOT( paste() ), CTRL + Key_V );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-paste", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "Paste as Subcategory" ), this, TQ_SLOT( pasteAsSub() ), CTRL + SHIFT + Key_V );
+		kpop->polish();
+
+		delete il;
+
+		connect( kpop, TQ_SIGNAL( aboutToShow() ), TQ_SLOT( preparePopup() ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( contextMenu( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ), TQ_SLOT( showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked( TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint &, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( modCategory( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( itemRenamed ( TQListViewItem* ) ), TQ_SLOT( saveCategory( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( moved( TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem * ) ), TQ_SLOT( changeCategoryParent( TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem * ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+StdCategoryListView::~StdCategoryListView()
+{
+	delete clipboard_item;
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::setPixmap( const TQPixmap &icon )
+{
+	m_folder_icon = icon;
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::preparePopup()
+{
+	//only enable the paste items if clipboard_item isn't null
+	kpop->setItemEnabled( kpop->idAt( 5 ), clipboard_item );
+	kpop->setItemEnabled( kpop->idAt( 6 ), clipboard_item );
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::showPopup( TDEListView * /*l*/, TQListViewItem *i, const TQPoint &p )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		kpop->exec( p );
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::createNew()
+{
+	ElementList categories;
+	database->loadCategories( &categories );
+	CreateCategoryDialog* categoryDialog = new CreateCategoryDialog( this, categories );
+
+	if ( categoryDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+		TQString result = categoryDialog->newCategoryName();
+		int subcategory = categoryDialog->subcategory();
+
+		//check bounds first
+		if ( checkBounds( result ) )
+			database->createNewCategory( result, subcategory ); // Create the new category in the database
+	}
+	delete categoryDialog;
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::remove
+	()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item ) {
+		int id = item->text( 1 ).toInt();
+
+		ElementList recipeDependancies;
+		database->findUseOfCategoryInRecipes( &recipeDependancies, id );
+
+		if ( recipeDependancies.isEmpty() ) {
+			switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "Are you sure you want to delete this category and all its subcategories?" ) ) ) {
+				case KMessageBox::Continue:
+					database->removeCategory( id );
+					break;
+			}
+			return;
+		}
+		else { // need warning!
+			ListInfo info;
+			info.list = recipeDependancies;
+			info.name = i18n("Recipes");
+			DependanciesDialog warnDialog( this, info, false );
+
+			if ( warnDialog.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted )
+				database->removeCategory( id );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::rename()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item )
+		CategoryListView::rename( item, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::cut()
+{
+	//restore a never used cut
+	if ( clipboard_item ) {
+		if ( clipboard_parent )
+			clipboard_parent->insertItem( clipboard_item );
+		else
+			insertItem( clipboard_item );
+		clipboard_item = 0;
+	}
+
+	TQListViewItem *item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item ) {
+		clipboard_item = item;
+		clipboard_parent = item->parent();
+
+		if ( item->parent() )
+			item->parent() ->takeItem( item );
+		else
+			takeItem( item );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::paste()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+	if ( item && clipboard_item ) {
+		if ( item->parent() )
+			item->parent() ->insertItem( clipboard_item );
+		else
+			insertItem( clipboard_item );
+
+		database->modCategory( clipboard_item->text( 1 ).toInt(), item->parent() ? item->parent() ->text( 1 ).toInt() : -1 );
+		clipboard_item = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::pasteAsSub()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item && clipboard_item ) {
+		item->insertItem( clipboard_item );
+		database->modCategory( clipboard_item->text( 1 ).toInt(), item->text( 1 ).toInt() );
+		clipboard_item = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::changeCategoryParent( TQListViewItem *item, TQListViewItem * /*afterFirst*/, TQListViewItem * /*afterNow*/ )
+{
+	int new_parent_id = -1;
+	if ( TQListViewItem * parent = item->parent() )
+		new_parent_id = parent->text( 1 ).toInt();
+
+	int cat_id = item->text( 1 ).toInt();
+
+	disconnect( TQ_SIGNAL( moved( TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem * ) ) );
+	database->modCategory( cat_id, new_parent_id );
+	connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( moved( TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem * ) ), TQ_SLOT( changeCategoryParent( TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem *, TQListViewItem * ) ) );
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::removeCategory( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = items_map[ id ];
+
+	items_map.remove( id );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::createCategory( const Element &category, int parent_id )
+{
+	CategoryListItem * new_item = 0;
+	if ( parent_id == -1 ) {
+		new_item = new CategoryListItem( this, category );
+	}
+	else {
+		CategoryListItem *parent = (CategoryListItem*)items_map[ parent_id ];
+
+		if ( parent ) {
+			if ( parent->isPopulated() )
+				new_item = new CategoryListItem( parent, category );
+			else if ( !parent->firstChild() ) {
+				new PseudoListItem( parent );
+				parent->setOpen(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( new_item ) {
+		items_map.insert( category.id, new_item );
+		new_item->setPixmap( 0, m_folder_icon );
+		createElement(new_item);//new TQListViewItem(new_item);
+
+		CategoryTree list;
+		CategoryTree *p_list = &list;
+		database->loadCachedCategories( &p_list, 1, 0, category.id, false );
+
+		if ( p_list->firstChild() )
+			new PseudoListItem( new_item );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::modCategory( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		CategoryListView::rename( i, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdCategoryListView::saveCategory( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	CategoryListItem * cat_it = ( CategoryListItem* ) i;
+
+	if ( !checkBounds( cat_it->categoryName() ) ) {
+		reload(ForceReload); //reset the changed text
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	int existing_id = database->findExistingCategoryByName( cat_it->categoryName() );
+	int cat_id = cat_it->categoryId();
+	if ( existing_id != -1 && existing_id != cat_id )  //category already exists with this label... merge the two
+	{
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "This category already exists.  Continuing will merge these two categories into one.  Are you sure?" ) ) )
+		{
+		case KMessageBox::Continue: {
+				database->mergeCategories( existing_id, cat_id );
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			reload(ForceReload);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		database->modCategory( cat_id, cat_it->categoryName() );
+}
+
+bool StdCategoryListView::checkBounds( const TQString &name )
+{
+	if ( name.length() > uint(database->maxCategoryNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Category name cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxCategoryNameLength() ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+
+CategoryCheckListView::CategoryCheckListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool _exclusive, const ElementList &init_items_checked ) : CategoryListView( parent, db ),
+  exclusive(_exclusive)
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Category" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig *config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = init_items_checked.begin(); it != init_items_checked.end(); ++it )
+		m_selections.append(*it);
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListView::removeCategory( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = items_map[ id ];
+
+	items_map.remove( id );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListView::createCategory( const Element &category, int parent_id )
+{
+	CategoryCheckListItem * new_item = 0;
+	if ( parent_id == -1 ) {
+		new_item = new CategoryCheckListItem( this, category, exclusive );
+	}
+	else {
+		TQListViewItem *parent = items_map[ parent_id ];
+		if ( parent )
+			new_item = new CategoryCheckListItem( parent, category, exclusive );
+	}
+
+	if ( new_item ) {
+		items_map.insert( category.id, new_item );
+		createElement(new_item);
+
+		CategoryTree list;
+		CategoryTree *p_list = &list;
+		database->loadCachedCategories( &p_list, 1, 0, category.id, false );
+
+		if ( p_list->firstChild() )
+			new PseudoListItem( new_item );
+
+
+		new_item->setOpen( false );
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListView::stateChange( CategoryCheckListItem* it, bool on )
+{
+	if ( !reloading() ) {
+		if ( on )
+			m_selections.append(it->element());
+		else
+			m_selections.remove(it->element());
+	}
+}
+
+void CategoryCheckListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	CategoryListView::load(limit,offset);
+
+	for ( TQValueList<Element>::const_iterator it = m_selections.begin(); it != m_selections.end(); ++it ) {
+		TQCheckListItem * item = ( TQCheckListItem* ) findItem( TQString::number( (*it).id ), 1 );
+		if ( item ) {
+			item->setOn(true);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#include "categorylistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/categorylistview.h b/src/widgets/categorylistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dcabba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/categorylistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CATEGORYLISTVIEW_H
+#define CATEGORYLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include <tqmap.h>
+#include <tqpixmap.h>
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.h"
+
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+
+class TDEPopupMenu;
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class CategoryTree;
+class CategoryCheckListView;
+
+#define CATEGORYCHECKLISTITEM_RTTI 1005
+#define CATEGORYLISTITEM_RTTI 1001
+#define PSEUDOLISTITEM_RTTI 1008
+
+/** Category listitems inherit this class to provide a common interface for accessing this information.
+ */
+class CategoryItemInfo
+{
+public:
+	CategoryItemInfo( const Element &category ) : ctyStored( category ), populated(false){}
+	bool isPopulated() const { return populated; }
+	void setPopulated( bool b ){ populated = b; }
+
+	Element element() const
+	{
+		return ctyStored;
+	}
+
+	int categoryId() const
+	{
+		return ctyStored.id;
+	}
+	TQString categoryName() const
+	{
+		return ctyStored.name;
+	}
+
+protected:
+	Element ctyStored;
+
+private:
+	bool populated;
+};
+
+class CategoryCheckListItem : public TQCheckListItem, public CategoryItemInfo
+{
+public:
+	CategoryCheckListItem( CategoryCheckListView* klv, const Element &category, bool exclusive = true );
+	CategoryCheckListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category, bool exclusive = true );
+	CategoryCheckListItem( CategoryCheckListView* klv, TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category, bool exclusive = true );
+
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+	virtual void setText( int column, const TQString &text );
+
+	int rtti() const
+	{
+		return CATEGORYCHECKLISTITEM_RTTI;
+	}
+
+protected:
+	virtual void stateChange( bool );
+	void setChildrenState( bool );
+	void setParentsState( bool );
+
+	bool locked;
+	bool exclusive;
+
+private:
+	CategoryCheckListView *m_listview;
+};
+
+
+class CategoryListItem : public TQListViewItem, public CategoryItemInfo
+{
+public:
+	CategoryListItem( TQListView* klv, const Element &category );
+	CategoryListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category );
+	CategoryListItem( TQListView* klv, TQListViewItem* it, const Element &category );
+
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+	virtual void setText( int column, const TQString &text );
+	
+	int rtti() const
+	{
+		return CATEGORYLISTITEM_RTTI;
+	}
+};
+
+
+
+class CategoryListView : public DBListViewBase
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	CategoryListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB * );
+
+	void populateAll( TQListViewItem *parent = 0 );
+
+public slots:
+	void open( TQListViewItem *item );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void init();
+
+	virtual void load( int limit, int offset );
+
+	/** so that it allows dropping into
+	         * subchildren that aren't expandable.  The code is taken from TDE's TDEListView with
+	         * one line commented out.
+	  */
+	void findDrop( const TQPoint &pos, TQListViewItem *&parent, TQListViewItem *&after )
+	{
+		TQPoint p ( contentsToViewport( pos ) );
+
+		// Get the position to put it in
+		TQListViewItem *atpos = itemAt( p );
+
+		TQListViewItem *above;
+		if ( !atpos )  // put it at the end
+			above = lastItem();
+		else {
+			// Get the closest item before us ('atpos' or the one above, if any)
+			if ( p.y() - itemRect( atpos ).topLeft().y() < ( atpos->height() / 2 ) )
+				above = atpos->itemAbove();
+			else
+				above = atpos;
+		}
+
+		if ( above ) {
+			// if above has children, I might need to drop it as the first item there
+
+			if ( above->firstChild() && above->isOpen() ) {
+				parent = above;
+				after = 0;
+				return ;
+			}
+
+			// Now, we know we want to go after "above". But as a child or as a sibling ?
+			// We have to ask the "above" item if it accepts children.
+			// ### NOTE: Here is the one line commented out so that "above" always accepts children
+			//if (above->isExpandable())
+			{
+				// The mouse is sufficiently on the right ? - doesn't matter if 'above' has visible children
+				if ( p.x() >= depthToPixels( above->depth() + 1 ) ||
+				        ( above->isOpen() && above->childCount() > 0 ) )
+				{
+					parent = above;
+					after = 0L;
+					return ;
+				}
+			}
+
+			// Ok, there's one more level of complexity. We may want to become a new
+			// sibling, but of an upper-level group, rather than the "above" item
+			TQListViewItem * betterAbove = above->parent();
+			TQListViewItem * last = above;
+			while ( betterAbove ) {
+				// We are allowed to become a sibling of "betterAbove" only if we are
+				// after its last child
+				if ( last->nextSibling() == 0 ) {
+					if ( p.x() < depthToPixels ( betterAbove->depth() + 1 ) )
+						above = betterAbove; // store this one, but don't stop yet, there may be a better one
+					else
+						break; // not enough on the left, so stop
+					last = betterAbove;
+					betterAbove = betterAbove->parent(); // up one level
+				}
+				else
+					break; // we're among the child of betterAbove, not after the last one
+			}
+		}
+		// set as sibling
+		after = above;
+		parent = after ? after->parent() : 0L ;
+	}
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void removeCategory( int id ) = 0;
+	virtual void createCategory( const Element &category, int parent_id ) = 0;
+	virtual void modifyCategory( const Element &category );
+	virtual void modifyCategory( int id, int parent_id );
+	virtual void mergeCategories( int id1, int id2 );
+
+	virtual void checkCreateCategory( const Element &, int parent_id );
+	virtual void populate( TQListViewItem *item );
+
+	TQMap<int, TQListViewItem*> items_map;
+
+private:
+	TQListViewItem *m_item_to_delete;
+};
+
+
+class StdCategoryListView : public CategoryListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	StdCategoryListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *, bool editable = false );
+	~StdCategoryListView();
+
+protected:
+	virtual void removeCategory( int id );
+	virtual void createCategory( const Element &category, int parent_id );
+
+	void setPixmap( const TQPixmap &pixmap );
+
+private slots:
+	void preparePopup();
+	void showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & );
+
+	void createNew();
+	void remove
+		();
+	void rename();
+	void cut();
+	void paste();
+	void pasteAsSub();
+
+	void changeCategoryParent( TQListViewItem *item, TQListViewItem * /*afterFirst*/, TQListViewItem * /*afterNow*/ );
+
+	void modCategory( TQListViewItem* i );
+	void saveCategory( TQListViewItem* i );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const TQString &name );
+
+	TDEPopupMenu *kpop;
+	TQListViewItem *clipboard_item;
+	TQListViewItem *clipboard_parent;
+	
+	TQPixmap m_folder_icon;
+};
+
+
+class CategoryCheckListView : public CategoryListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	CategoryCheckListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *, bool exclusive=true, const ElementList &init_items_checked = ElementList() );
+
+	virtual void stateChange( CategoryCheckListItem*, bool );
+
+	ElementList selections() const{ return m_selections; }
+
+protected:
+	virtual void removeCategory( int id );
+	virtual void createCategory( const Element &category, int parent_id );
+
+	virtual void load( int limit, int offset );
+
+	bool exclusive;
+
+private:
+	ElementList m_selections;
+};
+
+
+class PseudoListItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	PseudoListItem( TQListView* lv ) : TQListViewItem(lv){}
+	PseudoListItem( TQListViewItem* it ) : TQListViewItem(it){}
+
+protected:
+	int rtti() const { return PSEUDOLISTITEM_RTTI; }
+};
+
+#endif //CATEGORYLISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/conversiontable.cpp b/src/widgets/conversiontable.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a48b67e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/conversiontable.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003-2004 by                                            *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   Copyright (C) 2003-2006 by                                            *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "conversiontable.h"
+#include "datablocks/mixednumber.h"
+#include "widgets/fractioninput.h"
+
+#include <tqtooltip.h>
+
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+
+class ConversionTableToolTip : public TQToolTip
+{
+public:
+	ConversionTableToolTip( ConversionTable *t ) : TQToolTip( t->viewport() ),
+			table( t )
+	{}
+
+	void maybeTip( const TQPoint &pos )
+	{
+		if ( !table )
+			return ;
+
+		TQPoint cp = table->viewportToContents( pos );
+
+		int row = table->rowAt( cp.y() );
+		int col = table->columnAt( cp.x() );
+
+		if ( row == col )
+			return ;
+
+		TQString row_unit = table->verticalHeader() ->label( row );
+		TQString col_unit = table->horizontalHeader() ->label( col );
+		TQString text = table->text( row, col );
+		if ( text.isEmpty() )
+			text = "X"; //### Is this i18n friendly???
+
+		TQRect cr = table->cellGeometry( row, col );
+		cr.moveTopLeft( table->contentsToViewport( cr.topLeft() ) );
+		tip( cr, TQString( "1 %1 = %2 %3" ).arg( row_unit ).arg( text ).arg( col_unit ) );
+	}
+
+private:
+	ConversionTable *table;
+};
+
+ConversionTable::ConversionTable( TQWidget* parent, int maxrows, int maxcols ) : TQTable( maxrows, maxcols, parent, "table" )
+{
+	editBoxValue = -1;
+	items.setAutoDelete( true );
+	widgets.setAutoDelete( true );
+
+	( void ) new ConversionTableToolTip( this );
+}
+
+ConversionTable::~ConversionTable()
+{}
+#include <kdebug.h>
+void ConversionTable::unitRemoved( int id )
+{
+	int index = *unitIDs.find( id );
+	kdDebug() << "index:" << index << endl;
+	removeRow( index );
+	removeColumn( index );
+	kdDebug() << "done" << endl;
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::unitCreated( const Unit &unit )
+{
+	insertColumns( numCols() );
+	insertRows( numRows() );
+	unitIDs.append( unit.id );
+	horizontalHeader() ->setLabel( numRows() - 1, unit.name );
+	verticalHeader() ->setLabel( numCols() - 1, unit.name );
+}
+
+TQTableItem* ConversionTable::item( int r, int c ) const
+{
+	return items.find( indexOf( r, c ) );
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::setItem( int r, int c, TQTableItem *i )
+{
+	items.replace( indexOf( r, c ), i );
+	i->setRow( r ); // Otherwise the item
+	i->setCol( c ); //doesn't know where it is!
+	updateCell( r, c );
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::clearCell( int r, int c )
+{
+	items.remove( indexOf( r, c ) );
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::takeItem( TQTableItem *item )
+{
+	items.setAutoDelete( false );
+	items.remove( indexOf( item->row(), item->col() ) );
+	items.setAutoDelete( true );
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::insertWidget( int r, int c, TQWidget *w )
+{
+	widgets.replace( indexOf( r, c ), w );
+}
+
+TQWidget* ConversionTable::cellWidget( int r, int c ) const
+{
+	return widgets.find( indexOf( r, c ) );
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::clearCellWidget( int r, int c )
+{
+	TQWidget * w = widgets.take( indexOf( r, c ) );
+	if ( w )
+		w->deleteLater();
+}
+
+
+ConversionTableItem::ConversionTableItem( TQTable *t, EditType et ) : TQTableItem( t, et, TQString::null )
+{
+	// we do not want this item to be replaced
+	setReplaceable( false );
+}
+
+void ConversionTableItem::paint( TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup &cg, const TQRect &cr, bool selected )
+{
+	TQColorGroup g( cg );
+
+	// Draw in gray all those cells which are not editable
+
+	if ( row() == col() )
+		g.setColor( TQColorGroup::Base, gray );
+	TQTableItem::paint( p, g, cr, selected );
+}
+
+TQWidget* ConversionTableItem::createEditor() const
+{
+	FractionInput *editor = new FractionInput( table()->viewport(), MixedNumber::DecimalFormat );
+
+	MixedNumber current = MixedNumber::fromString(text());
+	if ( current.toDouble() > 1e-8 )
+		editor->setValue( current, 0 );
+
+	return editor;
+}
+
+void ConversionTableItem::setContentFromEditor( TQWidget *w )
+{
+	// the user changed the value of the combobox, so synchronize the
+	// value of the item (its text), with the value of the combobox
+	if ( w->inherits( "FractionInput" ) ) {
+		FractionInput* editor = ( FractionInput* ) w;
+		if ( editor->isInputValid() && !editor->isEmpty() && editor->value().toDouble() > 1e-6 ) {
+			setText( editor->value().toString(MixedNumber::DecimalFormat) );
+			emit ratioChanged( row(), col(), editor->value().toDouble() ); // Signal to store
+		}
+		else {
+			setText( TQString::null );
+			emit ratioRemoved( row(), col() );
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor( w );
+}
+
+void ConversionTableItem::setText( const TQString &s )
+{
+	TQTableItem::setText( s );
+}
+TQString ConversionTable::text( int r, int c ) const			 // without this function, the usual (text(r,c)) won't work
+{
+	if ( item( r, c ) )
+		return item( r, c ) ->text();  //Note that item(r,c) was reimplemented here for large sparse tables...
+	else
+		return TQString::null;
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::initTable()
+{
+
+	for ( int r = 0;r < numRows();r++ ) {
+		this->createNewItem( r, r, 1.0 );
+		item( r, r ) ->setEnabled( false ); // Diagonal is not editable
+	}
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::createNewItem( int r, int c, double amount )
+{
+
+	ConversionTableItem * ci = new ConversionTableItem( this, TQTableItem::WhenCurrent );
+	ci->setText( beautify( TDEGlobal::locale() ->formatNumber( amount, 5 ) ) );
+	setItem( r, c, ci );
+	// connect signal (forward) to know when it's actually changed
+	connect( ci, TQ_SIGNAL( ratioChanged( int, int, double ) ), this, TQ_SIGNAL( ratioChanged( int, int, double ) ) );
+	connect( ci, TQ_SIGNAL( ratioRemoved( int, int ) ), this, TQ_SIGNAL( ratioRemoved( int, int ) ) );
+	connect( ci, TQ_SIGNAL( signalRepaintCell( int, int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( repaintCell( int, int ) ) );
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::setUnitIDs( const IDList &idList )
+{
+	unitIDs = idList;
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::setRatio( int ingID1, int ingID2, double ratio )
+{
+	int indexID1 = unitIDs.findIndex( ingID1 );
+	int indexID2 = unitIDs.findIndex( ingID2 );
+
+	createNewItem( indexID1, indexID2, ratio );
+}
+
+
+int ConversionTable::getUnitID( int rc )
+{
+	return ( *( unitIDs.at( rc ) ) );
+}
+
+TQWidget * ConversionTable::beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace )
+{
+	// If there's no item, create it first.
+	if ( !item( row, col ) ) {
+		createNewItem( row, col, 0 );
+	}
+
+	// Then call normal beginEdit
+	return TQTable::beginEdit( row, col, replace );
+}
+
+void ConversionTableItem::setTextAndSave( const TQString &s )
+{
+	setText( s ); // Change text
+	emit signalRepaintCell( row(), col() ); // Indicate to update the cell to the table. Otherwise it's not repainted
+	emit ratioChanged( row(), col(), s.toDouble() ); // Signal to store
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::repaintCell( int r, int c )
+{
+	TQTable::updateCell( r, c );
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::resize( int r, int c )
+{
+	setNumRows( r );
+	setNumCols( c );
+	initTable();
+}
+
+void ConversionTable::clear( void )
+{
+	items.clear();
+	widgets.clear();
+	unitIDs.clear();
+	resize( 0, 0 );
+
+}
+
+//TODO this is incomplete/wrong
+void ConversionTable::swapRows( int row1, int row2, bool /*swapHeader*/ )
+{
+	//if ( swapHeader )
+	//((TQTableHeader*)verticalHeader())->swapSections( row1, row2, FALSE );
+
+	TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> tmpContents;
+	tmpContents.resize( numCols() );
+	TQPtrVector<TQWidget> tmpWidgets;
+	tmpWidgets.resize( numCols() );
+	int i;
+
+	items.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	for ( i = 0; i < numCols(); ++i ) {
+		TQTableItem *i1, *i2;
+		i1 = item( row1, i );
+		i2 = item( row2, i );
+		if ( i1 || i2 ) {
+			tmpContents.insert( i, i1 );
+			items.remove( indexOf( row1, i ) );
+			items.insert( indexOf( row1, i ), i2 );
+			items.remove( indexOf( row2, i ) );
+			items.insert( indexOf( row2, i ), tmpContents[ i ] );
+			if ( items[ indexOf( row1, i ) ] )
+				items[ indexOf( row1, i ) ] ->setRow( row1 );
+			if ( items[ indexOf( row2, i ) ] )
+				items[ indexOf( row2, i ) ] ->setRow( row2 );
+		}
+
+		TQWidget *w1, *w2;
+		w1 = cellWidget( row1, i );
+		w2 = cellWidget( row2, i );
+		if ( w1 || w2 ) {
+			tmpWidgets.insert( i, w1 );
+			widgets.remove( indexOf( row1, i ) );
+			widgets.insert( indexOf( row1, i ), w2 );
+			widgets.remove( indexOf( row2, i ) );
+			widgets.insert( indexOf( row2, i ), tmpWidgets[ i ] );
+		}
+	}
+	items.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+
+	//updateRowWidgets( row1 );
+	//updateRowWidgets( row2 );
+	/*
+	if ( curRow == row1 )
+	curRow = row2;
+	else if ( curRow == row2 )
+	curRow = row1;
+	if ( editRow == row1 )
+	editRow = row2;
+	else if ( editRow == row2 )
+	editRow = row1;*/
+}
+
+//TODO this is incomplete/wrong
+void ConversionTable::swapColumns( int col1, int col2, bool /*swapHeader*/ )
+{
+	//if ( swapHeader )
+	//((TQTableHeader*)horizontalHeader())->swapSections( col1, col2, FALSE );
+
+	TQPtrVector<TQTableItem> tmpContents;
+	tmpContents.resize( numRows() );
+	TQPtrVector<TQWidget> tmpWidgets;
+	tmpWidgets.resize( numRows() );
+	int i;
+
+	items.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	for ( i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
+		TQTableItem *i1, *i2;
+		i1 = item( i, col1 );
+		i2 = item( i, col2 );
+		if ( i1 || i2 ) {
+			tmpContents.insert( i, i1 );
+			items.remove( indexOf( i, col1 ) );
+			items.insert( indexOf( i, col1 ), i2 );
+			items.remove( indexOf( i, col2 ) );
+			items.insert( indexOf( i, col2 ), tmpContents[ i ] );
+			if ( items[ indexOf( i, col1 ) ] )
+				items[ indexOf( i, col1 ) ] ->setCol( col1 );
+			if ( items[ indexOf( i, col2 ) ] )
+				items[ indexOf( i, col2 ) ] ->setCol( col2 );
+		}
+
+		TQWidget *w1, *w2;
+		w1 = cellWidget( i, col1 );
+		w2 = cellWidget( i, col2 );
+		if ( w1 || w2 ) {
+			tmpWidgets.insert( i, w1 );
+			widgets.remove( indexOf( i, col1 ) );
+			widgets.insert( indexOf( i, col1 ), w2 );
+			widgets.remove( indexOf( i, col2 ) );
+			widgets.insert( indexOf( i, col2 ), tmpWidgets[ i ] );
+		}
+	}
+	items.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+
+	columnWidthChanged( col1 );
+	columnWidthChanged( col2 );
+	/*
+	if ( curCol == col1 )
+	curCol = col2;
+	else if ( curCol == col2 )
+	curCol = col1;
+	if ( editCol == col1 )
+	editCol = col2;
+	else if ( editCol == col2 )
+	editCol = col1;*/
+}
+
+//TODO this is incomplete/wrong
+void ConversionTable::swapCells( int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2 )
+{
+	items.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	widgets.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	TQTableItem *i1, *i2;
+	i1 = item( row1, col1 );
+	i2 = item( row2, col2 );
+	if ( i1 || i2 ) {
+		TQTableItem * tmp = i1;
+		items.remove( indexOf( row1, col1 ) );
+		items.insert( indexOf( row1, col1 ), i2 );
+		items.remove( indexOf( row2, col2 ) );
+		items.insert( indexOf( row2, col2 ), tmp );
+		if ( items[ indexOf( row1, col1 ) ] ) {
+			items[ indexOf( row1, col1 ) ] ->setRow( row1 );
+			items[ indexOf( row1, col1 ) ] ->setCol( col1 );
+		}
+		if ( items[ indexOf( row2, col2 ) ] ) {
+			items[ indexOf( row2, col2 ) ] ->setRow( row2 );
+			items[ indexOf( row2, col2 ) ] ->setCol( col2 );
+		}
+	}
+
+	TQWidget *w1, *w2;
+	w1 = cellWidget( row1, col1 );
+	w2 = cellWidget( row2, col2 );
+	if ( w1 || w2 ) {
+		TQWidget * tmp = w1;
+		widgets.remove( indexOf( row1, col1 ) );
+		widgets.insert( indexOf( row1, col1 ), w2 );
+		widgets.remove( indexOf( row2, col2 ) );
+		widgets.insert( indexOf( row2, col2 ), tmp );
+	}
+
+	//updateRowWidgets( row1 );
+	//updateRowWidgets( row2 );
+	//updateColWidgets( col1 );
+	//updateColWidgets( col2 );
+	items.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+	widgets.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+}
+
+#include "conversiontable.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/conversiontable.h b/src/widgets/conversiontable.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16f761c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/conversiontable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003-2004 by                                            *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+#ifndef CONVERSIONTABLE_H
+#define CONVERSIONTABLE_H
+#include <tqstring.h>
+#include <tqtable.h>
+#include <tqobject.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/unitratio.h"
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+
+/**
+@author Unai Garro
+*/
+
+
+class ConversionTable: public TQTable
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+
+	ConversionTable( TQWidget* parent, int maxrows, int maxcols );
+	~ConversionTable();
+	void createNewItem( int r, int c, double amount );
+	void setUnitIDs( const IDList &idList );
+	void setRatio( int ingID1, int ingID2, double ratio );
+	void setRatio( const UnitRatio &r )
+	{
+		setRatio( r.uID1, r.uID2, r.ratio );
+	}
+	int getUnitID( int rc );
+	TQString text( int r, int c ) const; //Reimplement, otherwise it won't work this way
+	void resize( int r, int c );
+	void clear( void );
+private:
+
+	//Internal Variables
+	double editBoxValue;
+	TQIntDict<TQTableItem> items;
+	TQIntDict<TQWidget> widgets;
+	IDList unitIDs; // unit ID list to know the units by ID, not name
+	//Internal Methods
+	void resizeData( int )
+	{}
+	;
+	TQTableItem *item( int r, int c ) const;
+	void setItem( int r, int c, TQTableItem *i );
+	void clearCell( int r, int c );
+	void takeItem( TQTableItem *item );
+	void insertWidget( int r, int c, TQWidget *w );
+	TQWidget *cellWidget( int r, int c ) const;
+	void clearCellWidget( int r, int c );
+	void initTable();
+	void swapRows( int, int, bool );
+	void swapColumns( int, int, bool );
+	void swapCells( int, int, int, int );
+protected:
+	TQWidget* beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace );
+
+private slots:
+	void repaintCell( int r, int c );
+
+	void unitRemoved( int );
+	void unitCreated( const Unit& );
+signals:
+	void ratioChanged( int row, int col, double value );
+	void ratioRemoved( int row, int col );
+};
+
+class ConversionTableItem: public TQObject, public TQTableItem
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+	ConversionTableItem( TQTable *t, EditType et );
+	TQWidget *createEditor() const;
+	void setContentFromEditor( TQWidget *w );
+	void setText( const TQString &s );
+	void paint( TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup &cg, const TQRect &cr, bool selected );
+	void setTextAndSave( const TQString &s );
+	int alignment() const
+	{
+		return TQt::AlignRight;
+	}
+signals:
+	void ratioChanged( int row, int col, double value );
+	void ratioRemoved( int row, int col );
+	void signalRepaintCell( int r, int c );
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/criteriacombobox.cpp b/src/widgets/criteriacombobox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fd911a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/criteriacombobox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "criteriacombobox.h"
+
+#include <tqlistbox.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+
+CriteriaComboBox::CriteriaComboBox( bool b, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : KComboBox( b, parent ),
+		database( db )
+{
+	connect( db, TQ_SIGNAL(ratingCriteriaCreated(const Element &)), this, TQ_SLOT(addCriteria(const Element &)) );
+}
+
+void CriteriaComboBox::addCriteria( const Element &criteria )
+{
+	idMap.insert(count(),criteria.id);
+
+	insertItem(criteria.name);
+	completionObject()->addItem(criteria.name);
+}
+
+void CriteriaComboBox::reload()
+{
+	ElementList criteriaList;
+	database->loadRatingCriterion( &criteriaList );
+
+	clear();
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = criteriaList.begin(); it != criteriaList.end(); ++it ) {
+		addCriteria((*it));
+	}
+}
+
+int CriteriaComboBox::criteriaID( int index )
+{
+	return idMap[index];
+}
+
+#include "criteriacombobox.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/criteriacombobox.h b/src/widgets/criteriacombobox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e35bb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/criteriacombobox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CRITERIACOMBOBOX_H
+#define CRITERIACOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <tqmap.h>
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+
+class CriteriaComboBox : public KComboBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	CriteriaComboBox( bool, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+	void reload();
+	int criteriaID( int index );
+
+protected slots:
+	void addCriteria( const Element &criteria );
+
+private:
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	TQMap< int, int > idMap;
+};
+
+#endif //CRITERIACOMBOBOX_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/dblistviewbase.cpp b/src/widgets/dblistviewbase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a22330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/dblistviewbase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.h"
+
+#include <tdeapplication.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <kcursor.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <kprogress.h>
+
+
+//These two classes are used to identify the "Next" and "Prev" items, which are identified through rtti().  This also prevents renaming, even if it is enabled.
+class PrevListViewItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	PrevListViewItem( TQListView *parent ) : TQListViewItem(parent){}
+
+	virtual int rtti() const { return PREVLISTITEM_RTTI; }
+
+	TQString text( int c ) const {
+		if ( c == 0 ) {
+			return TQString("<< %1").arg(i18n("Previous"));
+		}
+		else
+			return TQString::null;
+	}
+};
+
+class NextListViewItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	NextListViewItem( TQListView *parent, TQListViewItem *after ) : TQListViewItem(parent,after){}
+
+	virtual int rtti() const { return NEXTLISTITEM_RTTI; }
+
+	TQString text( int c ) const {
+		if ( c == 0 ) {
+			return TQString("%1 >>").arg(i18n("Next"));
+		}
+		else
+			return TQString::null;
+	}
+};
+
+DBListViewBase::DBListViewBase( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, int t ) : TDEListView(parent),
+  database(db),
+  curr_limit(-1),
+  curr_offset(0),
+  total(t),
+  bulk_load(false),
+  delete_me_later(0),
+  m_progress(0),
+  m_totalSteps(0)
+{
+	setSorting(-1);
+
+	if ( curr_limit == -1 ) { //only use the default limit if a subclass hasn't given curr_limit its own value
+		TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();config->setGroup( "Performance" );
+		curr_limit = config->readNumEntry( "Limit", -1 );
+	}
+
+	connect(this,TQ_SIGNAL(executed(TQListViewItem*)),TQ_SLOT(slotDoubleClicked(TQListViewItem*)));
+}
+
+DBListViewBase::~DBListViewBase()
+{
+	delete m_progress;
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::activatePrev()
+{
+	if ( curr_offset != 0 ) {
+		curr_offset -= curr_limit;
+		if ( curr_offset < 0 )
+			curr_offset = 0;
+	
+		reload(ForceReload);
+		emit prevGroupLoaded();
+	}
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::activateNext()
+{
+	curr_offset += curr_limit;
+
+	reload(ForceReload);
+	emit nextGroupLoaded();
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::rename( TQListViewItem *it, int c )
+{
+	if ( it->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI || it->rtti() == NEXTLISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	TDEListView::rename(it,c);
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::slotDoubleClicked( TQListViewItem *it )
+{
+	//we can't delete the item the was double clicked
+	//and yet these functions will clear() the listview.
+	//We'll take the item from the view so it isn't deleted
+	//and delete it ourselves.
+	delete delete_me_later; delete_me_later = 0;
+
+	if ( it->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+		delete_me_later = it;
+		takeItem(it);
+		activatePrev();
+	}
+	else if ( it->rtti() == NEXTLISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+		delete_me_later = it;
+		takeItem(it);
+		activateNext();
+	}
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *k )
+{
+	if ( k->state() == TQt::ShiftButton ) {
+		switch ( k->key() ) {
+		case TQt::Key_N: {
+			if ( curr_offset + curr_limit >= total || curr_limit == -1 ) {
+				k->accept();
+				return;
+			}
+
+			kapp->processEvents(); //if auto-repeating, user won't otherwise see change in the listview
+			activateNext();
+			k->accept();
+			break;
+		}
+		case TQt::Key_P: {
+			kapp->processEvents(); //if auto-repeating, user won't otherwise see change in the listview
+			activatePrev();
+			k->accept();
+			break;
+		}
+		default: break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	TDEListView::keyPressEvent(k);
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::reload( ReloadFlags flag )
+{
+	if ( flag == ForceReload || (!firstChild() && flag == Load) || (firstChild() && flag == ReloadIfPopulated) ) {
+		TDEApplication::setOverrideCursor( KCursor::waitCursor() );
+
+		init();
+
+		//m_progress = new KProgressDialog(this,0,TQString::null,i18n("Loading..."),true);
+		//m_progress->setAllowCancel(false);
+		//m_progress->progressBar()->setPercentageVisible(false);
+		//m_progress->progressBar()->setTotalSteps( m_totalSteps );
+		//m_progress->show();
+		//kapp->processEvents();
+
+		//reset some things
+		clear();
+		lastElementMap.clear();
+	
+		bulk_load=true;
+		load(curr_limit,curr_offset);
+		bulk_load=false;
+	
+		if ( curr_limit != -1 && curr_offset + curr_limit < total )
+			new NextListViewItem(this,lastElementMap[0]);
+	
+		if ( curr_offset != 0 )
+			new PrevListViewItem(this);
+
+		//delete m_progress; m_progress = 0;
+	
+		TDEApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+	}
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::setTotalItems(int i)
+{
+	m_totalSteps = i;
+	if ( m_progress ) {
+		m_progress->progressBar()->setTotalSteps( m_totalSteps );
+	}
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::createElement( TQListViewItem *it )
+{
+	Q_ASSERT(it);
+
+	TQListViewItem *lastElement;
+	TQMap<TQListViewItem*,TQListViewItem*>::iterator map_it = lastElementMap.find(it->parent());
+	if ( map_it != lastElementMap.end() ) {
+		lastElement = map_it.data();
+	}
+	else
+		lastElement = 0;
+
+	if ( bulk_load ) { //this can be much faster if we know the elements are already in order
+		if ( lastElement ) it->moveItem(lastElement);
+		lastElementMap.insert(it->parent(),it);
+		if ( m_progress ) { m_progress->progressBar()->advance(1); }
+	}
+	else {
+		if ( lastElement == 0 ) {
+			lastElementMap.insert(it->parent(),it);
+		}
+		else {
+			
+			int c = 0;//FIXME: the column used should be variable (set by a subclass)
+
+			if ( it->parent() == 0 ) {
+				//start it out below the "Prev" item... currently it will be at firstChild()
+				if ( firstChild()->nextSibling() && 
+				( firstChild()->nextSibling()->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI || 
+				firstChild()->nextSibling()->rtti() == 1006 ) ) { //A hack to skip the Uncategorized item
+					it->moveItem( firstChild()->nextSibling() );
+				}
+			}
+
+			if ( TQString::localeAwareCompare(it->text(c),lastElement->text(c)) >= 0 ) {
+				it->moveItem(lastElement);
+				lastElementMap.insert(it->parent(),it);
+			}
+			else {
+				TQListViewItem *last_it = 0;
+
+				for ( TQListViewItem *search_it = it; search_it; search_it = search_it->nextSibling() ) {
+					if ( search_it->rtti() == NEXTLISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+						it->moveItem(lastElement);
+						lastElementMap.insert(it->parent(),it);
+					}
+					else if ( TQString::localeAwareCompare(it->text(c),search_it->text(c)) < 0 ) { //we assume the list is sorted, as it should stay
+						if ( last_it ) it->moveItem(last_it);
+						break;
+					}
+					last_it = search_it;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void DBListViewBase::removeElement( TQListViewItem *it, bool delete_item )
+{
+	total--;
+	if ( !it ) return;
+
+	TQListViewItem *lastElement = lastElementMap[it->parent()];
+	if ( it == lastElement ) {
+		for ( TQListViewItem *search_it = (it->parent())?it->parent()->firstChild():firstChild(); search_it->nextSibling(); search_it = search_it->nextSibling() ) {
+			if ( it == search_it->nextSibling() ) {
+				lastElementMap.insert(it->parent(),search_it);
+				lastElement = search_it;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( lastElement == it || lastElement->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI ) { //there are no more items in the view if this happens
+			if ( firstChild() && firstChild()->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+				activatePrev();
+				it = 0; //keep 'delete it' below from segfault'ing
+			}
+			else if ( lastElement->nextSibling() && lastElement->nextSibling()->rtti() == NEXTLISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+				reload();
+				it = 0; //keep 'delete it' below from segfault'ing
+			}
+			else //the list is now empty, there is no last element
+				lastElementMap.remove(it->parent());
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( delete_item )
+		delete it;
+}
+
+bool DBListViewBase::handleElement( const TQString &name )
+{
+	total++;
+
+	TQListViewItem *lastElement = lastElementMap[0];
+
+	int c = 0;//FIXME: the column used should be variable (set by a subclass)
+
+	int child_count = childCount();
+	if ( child_count == 0 ) return true;
+
+	if ( firstChild()->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI || firstChild()->rtti() == 1006 ){ child_count--; } //"Prev" item
+	if ( child_count == 0 ) return true;
+
+	if ( lastElement->nextSibling() ){ child_count--; } //"Next" item
+
+	if ( curr_limit != -1 && child_count >= curr_limit ) {
+		TQListViewItem *firstElement = firstChild();
+		if (firstElement->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI || firstElement->rtti() == 1006 ) {
+			firstElement = firstElement->nextSibling();
+		}
+		else if ( name < firstElement->text(c) ) { //provide access to this new element if we need to
+			new PrevListViewItem(this);
+			curr_offset++;
+			return false;
+		}
+
+		if ( name < firstElement->text(c) ) {
+			curr_offset++;
+			return false;
+		}
+		else if ( name >= lastElement->text(c) ) {
+			if ( lastElement->nextSibling() == 0 )
+				new NextListViewItem(this,lastElement);
+
+			return false;
+		}
+		else {
+			removeElement(lastElement);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/dblistviewbase.h b/src/widgets/dblistviewbase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1514fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/dblistviewbase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef LISTVIEWHANDLER_H
+#define LISTVIEWHANDLER_H
+
+#include <tqobject.h>
+#include <tqmap.h>
+
+#include <tdelistview.h>
+
+#define PREVLISTITEM_RTTI 1002
+#define NEXTLISTITEM_RTTI 1003
+
+class KProgressDialog;
+
+class RecipeDB;
+
+enum ReloadFlags {
+	Load, 			/** Only performs the reload if the list hasn't already been loaded */
+	ReloadIfPopulated,	/** Only performs the reload if the list has been loaded */
+	ForceReload		/** Load/reload the list regardless of whether or not it's been loaded */
+};
+
+class DBListViewBase : public TDEListView
+{
+TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	DBListViewBase( TQWidget *, RecipeDB *, int total );
+	~DBListViewBase();
+
+	void reload( ReloadFlags flag = Load );
+
+signals:
+	void nextGroupLoaded();
+	void prevGroupLoaded();
+
+protected:
+	/**
+	 * Called when the list view is ready to be used, i.e., it has been loaded with data.
+	 * Until the list view has been loaded, we can ignore all database signals regarding changes
+	 * of data.  Therefore, subclasses should connect to these signals during this call.
+	 */
+	virtual void init(){}
+	virtual void load(int limit, int offset) = 0;
+	virtual void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
+	bool handleElement( const TQString & );
+	virtual void createElement( TQListViewItem * );
+	void removeElement( TQListViewItem *, bool delete_item = true );
+
+	bool reloading(){ return bulk_load; }
+	void setSorting(int c){TDEListView::setSorting(c);} //don't do sorting, the database comes sorted from the database anyways
+	void setTotalItems(int);
+
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	int curr_limit;
+	int curr_offset;
+
+protected slots:
+	void rename( TQListViewItem *, int c );
+	void slotDoubleClicked( TQListViewItem * );
+
+private:
+	void activatePrev();
+	void activateNext();
+
+	//make this private because the data should always be synced with the database
+	void clear(){TDEListView::clear();}
+
+	int total;
+	
+	bool bulk_load;
+
+	TQMap<TQListViewItem*,TQListViewItem*> lastElementMap;
+	TQListViewItem *delete_me_later;
+
+	KProgressDialog *m_progress;
+	int m_totalSteps;
+};
+
+#endif //LISTVIEWHANDLER_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/fractioninput.cpp b/src/widgets/fractioninput.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68a3cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/fractioninput.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "fractioninput.h"
+
+#include <tqtimer.h>
+
+#include <tdeglobalsettings.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/ingredient.h"
+
+FractionInput::FractionInput( TQWidget *parent, MixedNumber::Format format ) : KLineEdit( parent ),
+	m_allowRange(false),
+	m_validateTimer(new TQTimer(this)),
+	m_format(format)
+{
+	setAlignment( TQt::AlignRight );
+
+	connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQ_SLOT(slotStartValidateTimer()) );
+	connect( m_validateTimer, TQ_SIGNAL(timeout()), this, TQ_SLOT(validate()) );
+}
+
+FractionInput::~FractionInput()
+{
+	delete m_validateTimer;
+}
+
+void FractionInput::setValue( double d, double amount_offset )
+{
+	MixedNumber m( d );
+	setValue( m, amount_offset );
+}
+
+void FractionInput::setValue( const MixedNumber &m, double amount_offset )
+{
+	TQString text = m.toString( m_format );
+	if ( amount_offset > 0 ) {
+		text += "-" + MixedNumber(m+amount_offset).toString( MixedNumber::MixedNumberFormat );
+	}
+	setText(text);
+}
+
+void FractionInput::value( MixedNumber &amount, double &amount_offset ) const
+{
+	Ingredient i; i.setAmount( text() );
+
+	amount = MixedNumber(i.amount);
+	amount_offset = i.amount_offset;
+}
+
+void FractionInput::value( double &amount, double &amount_offset ) const
+{
+	Ingredient i; i.setAmount( text() );
+
+	amount = i.amount;
+	amount_offset = i.amount_offset;
+}
+
+MixedNumber FractionInput::value() const
+{
+	Ingredient i; i.setAmount( text() );
+
+	return MixedNumber(i.amount);
+}
+
+MixedNumber FractionInput::minValue() const
+{
+	Ingredient i; i.setAmount( text() );
+
+	return MixedNumber(i.amount);
+}
+
+MixedNumber FractionInput::maxValue() const
+{
+	Ingredient i; i.setAmount( text() );
+
+	return MixedNumber(i.amount_offset+i.amount);
+}
+
+bool FractionInput::isInputValid() const
+{
+	if ( !m_allowRange && text().contains("-") )
+		return false;
+
+	bool ok;
+	Ingredient i; i.setAmount( text(), &ok );
+
+	return ok;
+}
+
+void FractionInput::slotStartValidateTimer()
+{
+	if ( !m_validateTimer->isActive() )
+		m_validateTimer->start( 1000, true );
+
+	if ( isInputValid() )
+		emit valueChanged( value() );
+}
+
+void FractionInput::validate()
+{
+	if ( isInputValid() ) {
+		setPaletteForegroundColor( TDEGlobalSettings::textColor() );
+	}
+	else
+		setPaletteForegroundColor( TQt::red );
+}
+
+bool FractionInput::isEmpty() const
+{
+	return text().isEmpty();
+}
+
+#include "fractioninput.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/fractioninput.h b/src/widgets/fractioninput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b682a32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/fractioninput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef FRACTIONINPUT_H
+#define FRACTIONINPUT_H
+
+#include <klineedit.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/mixednumber.h"
+
+class TQTimer;
+
+/** A KLineEdit widget extended to allow input of decimals and fractions or ranges of such.
+  * Input is returned as a @ref MixedNumber class.
+  * @author Jason Kivlighn
+  */
+class FractionInput : public KLineEdit
+{
+TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	FractionInput( TQWidget *parent = 0, MixedNumber::Format = MixedNumber::MixedNumberFormat );
+	~FractionInput();
+
+	void setAllowRange( bool b ){ m_allowRange = b; }
+
+	void setValue( double amount, double amount_offset );
+	void setValue( const MixedNumber &, double amount_offset );
+
+	void value( MixedNumber &amount, double &amount_offset ) const;
+	void value( double &amount, double &amount_offset ) const;
+	MixedNumber minValue() const;
+	MixedNumber maxValue() const;
+	MixedNumber value() const;
+
+	bool isInputValid() const;
+	bool isEmpty() const;
+
+signals:
+	void valueChanged( const MixedNumber & );
+
+public slots:
+	void validate();
+
+private slots:
+	void slotStartValidateTimer();
+
+private:
+	bool m_allowRange;
+	TQTimer *m_validateTimer;
+	MixedNumber::Format m_format;
+};
+
+#endif //FRACTIONINPUT_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/headercombobox.cpp b/src/widgets/headercombobox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c43cbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/headercombobox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "headercombobox.h"
+
+#include <tqlistbox.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+
+HeaderComboBox::HeaderComboBox( bool b, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : KComboBox( b, parent ),
+		database( db )
+{
+}
+
+void HeaderComboBox::reload()
+{
+	TQString remember_text = currentText();
+
+	ElementList headerList;
+	database->loadIngredientGroups( &headerList );
+
+	clear();
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = headerList.begin(); it != headerList.end(); ++it ) {
+		insertItem((*it).name);
+		completionObject()->addItem((*it).name);
+	}
+
+	if ( listBox()->findItem( remember_text, TQt::ExactMatch ) ) {
+		setCurrentText( remember_text );
+	}
+}
+
+#include "headercombobox.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/headercombobox.h b/src/widgets/headercombobox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e07b20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/headercombobox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef HEADERCOMBOBOX_H
+#define HEADERCOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+
+class HeaderComboBox : public KComboBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	HeaderComboBox( bool, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+	void reload();
+
+private:
+	RecipeDB *database;
+};
+
+#endif //HEADERCOMBOBOX_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/headerlistview.cpp b/src/widgets/headerlistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51e9d4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/headerlistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "headerlistview.h"
+
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tdepopupmenu.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "dialogs/createelementdialog.h"
+#include "dialogs/dependanciesdialog.h"
+
+HeaderListView::HeaderListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : DBListViewBase( parent,db,db->unitCount() )
+{
+	setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+	setDefaultRenameAction( TQListView::Reject );
+}
+
+void HeaderListView::init()
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingGroupCreated( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( checkCreateHeader( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingGroupRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeHeader( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void HeaderListView::load( int /*limit*/, int /*offset*/ )
+{
+	ElementList headerList;
+	database->loadIngredientGroups( &headerList );
+
+	setTotalItems(headerList.count());
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = headerList.begin(); it != headerList.end(); ++it ) {
+		createHeader( *it );
+	}
+}
+
+void HeaderListView::checkCreateHeader( const Element &el )
+{
+	if ( handleElement(el.name) ) { //only create this header if the base class okays it
+		createHeader(el);
+	}
+}
+
+
+StdHeaderListView::StdHeaderListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : HeaderListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Header" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+
+	if ( editable ) {
+		setRenameable( 0, true );
+
+		TDEIconLoader *il = new TDEIconLoader;
+
+		kpop = new TDEPopupMenu( this );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "document-new", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Create" ), this, TQ_SLOT( createNew() ), CTRL + Key_C );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-delete", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Delete" ), this, TQ_SLOT( remove
+			                  () ), Key_Delete );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Rename" ), this, TQ_SLOT( rename() ), CTRL + Key_R );
+		kpop->polish();
+
+		delete il;
+
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( contextMenu( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ), TQ_SLOT( showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked( TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint &, int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( modHeader( TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint &, int ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( itemRenamed( TQListViewItem*, const TQString &, int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( saveHeader( TQListViewItem*, const TQString &, int ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::showPopup( TDEListView * /*l*/, TQListViewItem *i, const TQPoint &p )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		kpop->exec( p );
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::createNew()
+{
+	CreateElementDialog * headerDialog = new CreateElementDialog( this, i18n("Header") );
+
+	if ( headerDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+		TQString result = headerDialog->newElementName();
+
+		//check bounds first
+		if ( checkBounds( result ) )
+			database->createNewIngGroup( result );
+	}
+	delete headerDialog;
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::remove()
+{
+	// Find selected header item
+	TQListViewItem * it = selectedItem();
+
+	if ( it ) {
+		int headerID = it->text( 1 ).toInt();
+
+		ElementList recipeDependancies;
+		database->findUseOfIngGroupInRecipes( &recipeDependancies, headerID );
+
+		if ( recipeDependancies.isEmpty() )
+			database->removeIngredientGroup( headerID );
+		else { // need warning!	
+			ListInfo info;
+			info.list = recipeDependancies;
+			info.name = i18n( "Recipes" );
+
+			DependanciesDialog warnDialog( this, info );
+			warnDialog.setCustomWarning( i18n("You are about to permanantly delete recipes from your database.") );
+			if ( warnDialog.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted )
+				database->removeIngredientGroup( headerID );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::rename()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item )
+		HeaderListView::rename( item, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::createHeader( const Element &header )
+{
+	createElement(new TQListViewItem( this, header.name, TQString::number( header.id ) ));
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::removeHeader( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 1 );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::modHeader( TQListViewItem* i, const TQPoint & /*p*/, int c )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		HeaderListView::rename( i, c );
+}
+
+void StdHeaderListView::saveHeader( TQListViewItem* i, const TQString &text, int /*c*/ )
+{
+	if ( !checkBounds( text ) ) {
+		reload(ForceReload); //reset the changed text
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	int existing_id = database->findExistingIngredientGroupByName( text );
+	int header_id = i->text( 1 ).toInt();
+	if ( existing_id != -1 && existing_id != header_id ) { //already exists with this label... merge the two
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "This header already exists.  Continuing will merge these two headers into one.  Are you sure?" ) ) ) {
+		case KMessageBox::Continue: {
+				database->modIngredientGroup( header_id, i->text( 0 ) );
+				database->mergeIngredientGroups( header_id, existing_id );
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			reload(ForceReload);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		database->modIngredientGroup( header_id, i->text( 0 ) );
+	}
+}
+
+bool StdHeaderListView::checkBounds( const TQString &header )
+{
+	if ( header.length() > uint(database->maxIngGroupNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Header cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxIngGroupNameLength() ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+	else if ( header.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() )
+		return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#include "headerlistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/headerlistview.h b/src/widgets/headerlistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..716d002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/headerlistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef HEADERLISTVIEW_H
+#define HEADERLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.h"
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class TDEPopupMenu;
+
+class HeaderListView : public DBListViewBase
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	HeaderListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+public slots:
+	virtual void load( int curr_limit, int curr_offset );
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void createHeader( const Element & ) = 0;
+	virtual void removeHeader( int ) = 0;
+
+	void checkCreateHeader( const Element &el );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void init();
+};
+
+class StdHeaderListView : public HeaderListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	StdHeaderListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createHeader( const Element & );
+	virtual void removeHeader( int );
+
+private slots:
+	void showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & );
+
+	void createNew();
+	void remove();
+	void rename();
+
+	void modHeader( TQListViewItem* i, const TQPoint &p, int c );
+	void saveHeader( TQListViewItem* i, const TQString &text, int c );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const TQString &unit );
+
+	TDEPopupMenu *kpop;
+};
+
+#endif //HEADERLISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/inglistviewitem.cpp b/src/widgets/inglistviewitem.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0670dc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/inglistviewitem.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "inglistviewitem.h"
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+#include "datablocks/mixednumber.h"
+
+IngSubListViewItem::IngSubListViewItem( TQListViewItem* qli, const Ingredient &i ) : IngListViewItem( qli, 0, i )
+{
+}
+
+TQString IngSubListViewItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	if ( column == 0 ) {
+		//kdDebug()<<"displaying col 0 for "<<m_ing.name<<endl;
+		return TQString("%1 ").arg(i18n("OR"))+m_ing.name;
+		//return m_ing.name;
+	}
+	else
+		return IngListViewItem::text(column);
+
+}
+
+void IngSubListViewItem::setText( int column, const TQString &text )
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0: {
+		TQString compare = TQString("%1 ").arg(i18n("OR"));
+		if ( text.left(compare.length()) == compare )
+			m_ing.name = text.right(text.length()-compare.length());
+		else
+			m_ing.name = text;
+		break;
+	}
+	default:
+		IngListViewItem::setText(column,text);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+int IngSubListViewItem::rtti() const
+{
+	return INGSUBLISTVIEWITEM_RTTI;
+}
+
+
+IngListViewItem::IngListViewItem( TQListView* qlv, const Ingredient &i ) : TQListViewItem( qlv )
+{
+	init( i );
+}
+
+IngListViewItem::IngListViewItem( TQListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const Ingredient &i ) : TQListViewItem( qlv, after )
+{
+	init( i );
+}
+
+IngListViewItem::IngListViewItem( TQListViewItem* qli, TQListViewItem *after, const Ingredient &i ) : TQListViewItem( qli, after )
+{
+	init( i );
+}
+
+int IngListViewItem::rtti() const
+{
+	return INGLISTVIEWITEM_RTTI;
+}
+
+Ingredient IngListViewItem::ingredient() const
+{
+	return m_ing;
+}
+
+void IngListViewItem::setAmount( double amount, double amount_offset )
+{
+	amount_str = TQString::null;
+
+	if ( amount > 0 ) {
+		TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();
+		config->setGroup( "Formatting" );
+
+		if ( config->readBoolEntry( "Fraction" ) )
+			amount_str = MixedNumber( amount ).toString();
+		else
+			amount_str = beautify( TDEGlobal::locale() ->formatNumber( amount, 5 ) );
+	}
+	if ( amount_offset > 0 ) {
+		if ( amount < 1e-10 )
+			amount_str += "0";
+		amount_str += "-" + MixedNumber(amount+amount_offset).toString();
+	}
+
+	m_ing.amount = amount;
+	m_ing.amount_offset = amount_offset;
+
+	//FIXME: make sure the right unit is showing after changing this (force a repaint... repaint() doesn't do the job right because it gets caught in a loop)
+}
+
+void IngListViewItem::setUnit( const Unit &unit )
+{
+	//### This shouldn't be necessary... the db backend should ensure this doesn't happen
+	if ( !unit.name.isEmpty() )
+		m_ing.units.name = unit.name;
+	if ( !unit.plural.isEmpty() )
+		m_ing.units.plural = unit.plural;
+}
+
+void IngListViewItem::setPrepMethod( const TQString &prepMethod )
+{
+	m_ing.prepMethodList = ElementList::split(",",prepMethod);
+}
+
+void IngListViewItem::setText( int column, const TQString &text )
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0: {
+		m_ing.name = text;
+		break;
+	}
+	case 1: {
+		Ingredient i; i.setAmount(text);
+		setAmount( i.amount, i.amount_offset );
+		break;
+	}
+	case 2:
+		setUnit( Unit( text, m_ing.amount+m_ing.amount_offset ) );
+		break;
+	case 3:
+		setPrepMethod( text );
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+TQString IngListViewItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0:
+		return m_ing.name;
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		return amount_str;
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		return ( m_ing.amount+m_ing.amount_offset > 1 ) ? m_ing.units.plural : m_ing.units.name;
+		break;
+	case 3:
+		return m_ing.prepMethodList.join(",");
+		break;
+	default:
+		return ( TQString::null );
+	}
+}
+
+void IngListViewItem::init( const Ingredient &i )
+{
+	m_ing = i;
+
+	setAmount( i.amount, i.amount_offset );
+}
+
+
+IngGrpListViewItem::IngGrpListViewItem( TQListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const TQString &group, int id ) : TQListViewItem( qlv, after )
+{
+	init( group, id );
+}
+
+int IngGrpListViewItem::rtti() const
+{
+	return INGGRPLISTVIEWITEM_RTTI;
+}
+
+TQString IngGrpListViewItem::group() const
+{
+	return m_group;
+}
+
+int IngGrpListViewItem::id() const
+{
+	return m_id;
+}
+
+TQString IngGrpListViewItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0:
+		return m_group + ":";
+		break;
+	default:
+		return ( TQString::null );
+	}
+}
+
+void IngGrpListViewItem::setText( int column, const TQString &text )
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0:
+		if ( text.right(1) == ":" )
+			m_group = text.left(text.length()-1);
+		else
+			m_group = text;
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+}
+
+void IngGrpListViewItem::init( const TQString &group, int id )
+{
+	m_group = group;
+	m_id = id;
+}
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/inglistviewitem.h b/src/widgets/inglistviewitem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89de283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/inglistviewitem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INGLISTVIEWITEM_H
+#define INGLISTVIEWITEM_H
+
+#include "tqlistview.h"
+
+#include "datablocks/ingredient.h"
+
+#define INGGRPLISTVIEWITEM_RTTI 1003
+#define INGLISTVIEWITEM_RTTI 1004
+#define INGSUBLISTVIEWITEM_RTTI 1009
+
+class IngListViewItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	IngListViewItem( TQListView* qlv, const Ingredient &i );
+	IngListViewItem( TQListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const Ingredient &i );
+	IngListViewItem( TQListViewItem* qli, TQListViewItem *after, const Ingredient &i );
+
+	int rtti() const;
+
+	Ingredient ingredient() const;
+
+	void setAmount( double amount, double amount_offset );
+	void setUnit( const Unit &unit );
+	void setPrepMethod( const TQString &prepMethod );
+
+protected:
+	Ingredient m_ing;
+	TQString amount_str;
+
+public:
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+	virtual void setText( int column, const TQString &text );
+
+private:
+	void init( const Ingredient &i );
+};
+
+
+class IngSubListViewItem : public IngListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	IngSubListViewItem( TQListViewItem* qli, const Ingredient &i );
+
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+	virtual void setText( int column, const TQString &text );
+	virtual int rtti() const;
+};
+
+
+class IngGrpListViewItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	IngGrpListViewItem( TQListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const TQString &group, int id );
+
+	int rtti() const;
+
+	TQString group() const;
+	int id() const;
+
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+	virtual void setText( int column, const TQString &text );
+
+protected:
+	TQString m_group;
+	int m_id;
+
+private:
+	void init( const TQString &group, int id );
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/ingredientcombobox.cpp b/src/widgets/ingredientcombobox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e036b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ingredientcombobox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "ingredientcombobox.h"
+
+#include <tqlistbox.h>
+#include <tqtimer.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <tdeapplication.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+
+IngredientComboBox::IngredientComboBox( bool b, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, const TQString &specialItem ) : KComboBox( b, parent ),
+		database( db ), loading_at(0), load_timer(new TQTimer(this)), m_specialItem(specialItem)
+{
+	connect( load_timer, TQ_SIGNAL(timeout()), TQ_SLOT(loadMore()) );
+	completionObject()->setIgnoreCase(true);
+}
+
+void IngredientComboBox::reload()
+{
+	TQString remember_text;
+	if ( editable() )
+		remember_text = lineEdit()->text();
+
+	ElementList ingredientList;
+	database->loadIngredients( &ingredientList );
+
+	clear();
+	ingredientComboRows.clear();
+
+	int row = 0;
+	if ( !m_specialItem.isNull() ) {
+		insertItem(m_specialItem);
+		ingredientComboRows.insert( row, -1 );
+		row++;
+	}
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = ingredientList.begin(); it != ingredientList.end(); ++it, ++row ) {
+		insertItem((*it).name);
+		completionObject()->addItem((*it).name);
+		ingredientComboRows.insert( row, (*it).id );
+	}
+
+	if ( editable() )
+		setEditText( remember_text );
+
+	database->disconnect( this );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingredientCreated( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( createIngredient( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingredientRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeIngredient( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void IngredientComboBox::loadMore()
+{
+	if ( loading_at >= ing_count-1 ) {
+		endLoad();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	ElementList ingredientList;
+	database->loadIngredients( &ingredientList, load_limit, loading_at );
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = ingredientList.begin(); it != ingredientList.end(); ++it, ++loading_at ) {
+		insertItem((*it).name);
+		completionObject()->addItem((*it).name);
+		ingredientComboRows.insert( loading_at, (*it).id );
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientComboBox::startLoad()
+{
+	//don't receive ingredient created/removed events from the database
+	database->disconnect( this );
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config(); config->setGroup( "Performance" );
+	load_limit = config->readNumEntry( "Limit", -1 );
+	if ( load_limit == -1 ) {
+		reload();
+		endLoad();
+	}
+	else {
+		loading_at = 0;
+		ing_count = database->ingredientCount();
+
+		load_timer->start( 0, false );
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientComboBox::endLoad()
+{
+	load_timer->stop();
+
+	//now we're ready to receive ingredient created/removed events from the database
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingredientCreated( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( createIngredient( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingredientRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeIngredient( int ) ) );
+}
+
+int IngredientComboBox::id( int row )
+{
+	return ingredientComboRows[ row ];
+}
+
+int IngredientComboBox::id( const TQString &ing )
+{
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) {
+		if ( ing == text( i ) )
+			return id(i);
+	}
+	kdDebug()<<"Warning: couldn't find the ID for "<<ing<<endl;
+	return -1;
+}
+
+void IngredientComboBox::createIngredient( const Element &element )
+{
+	int row = findInsertionPoint( element.name );
+
+	TQString remember_text;
+	if ( editable() )
+		remember_text = lineEdit()->text();
+
+	insertItem( element.name, row );
+	completionObject()->addItem(element.name);
+
+	if ( editable() )
+		lineEdit()->setText( remember_text );
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item down
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = ingredientComboRows.begin(); it != ingredientComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() >= row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() + 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	ingredientComboRows = new_map;
+	ingredientComboRows.insert( row, element.id );
+}
+
+void IngredientComboBox::removeIngredient( int id )
+{
+	int row = -1;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = ingredientComboRows.begin(); it != ingredientComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.data() == id ) {
+			row = it.key();
+			completionObject()->removeItem( text(row) );
+			removeItem( row );
+			ingredientComboRows.remove( it );
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( row == -1 )
+		return ;
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item up
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = ingredientComboRows.begin(); it != ingredientComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() > row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() - 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	ingredientComboRows = new_map;
+}
+
+int IngredientComboBox::findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name )
+{
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) {
+		if ( TQString::localeAwareCompare( name, text( i ) ) < 0 )
+			return i;
+	}
+
+	return count();
+}
+
+#include "ingredientcombobox.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/ingredientcombobox.h b/src/widgets/ingredientcombobox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bd5fb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ingredientcombobox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INGREDIENTCOMBOBOX_H
+#define INGREDIENTCOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+
+#include <tqmap.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class TQTimer;
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class ElementList;
+
+class IngredientComboBox : public KComboBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	IngredientComboBox( bool, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, const TQString &specialItem = TQString::null );
+
+	void reload();
+	int id( int row );
+	int id( const TQString &ing );
+
+	void startLoad();
+	void endLoad();
+
+private slots:
+	void createIngredient( const Element &element );
+	void removeIngredient( int id );
+
+	int findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name );
+	void loadMore();
+
+private:
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	TQMap<int, int> ingredientComboRows; // Contains the category id for every given row in the category combobox
+
+	int loading_at;
+	int ing_count;
+	int load_limit;
+	TQTimer *load_timer;
+	TQString m_specialItem;
+};
+
+#endif //INGREDIENTCOMBOBOX_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/ingredientinputwidget.cpp b/src/widgets/ingredientinputwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c0aa7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ingredientinputwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003-2005 by                                            *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "ingredientinputwidget.h"
+
+#include <tqlabel.h>
+#include <tqwidgetstack.h>
+#include <tqhbox.h>
+#include <tqvbox.h>
+#include <tqgroupbox.h>
+#include <tqbuttongroup.h>
+#include <tqradiobutton.h>
+#include <tqcheckbox.h>
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+#include "widgets/fractioninput.h"
+#include "widgets/ingredientcombobox.h"
+#include "widgets/headercombobox.h"
+#include "widgets/prepmethodcombobox.h"
+#include "dialogs/createunitdialog.h"
+
+#include "profiling.h"
+
+IngredientInput::IngredientInput( RecipeDB *db, TQWidget *parent, bool allowHeader ) : TQHBox(parent), database(db)
+{
+	TQVBox *ingredientVBox = new TQVBox( this );
+	TQHBox *typeHBox = new TQHBox( ingredientVBox );
+
+	if ( allowHeader ) {
+		typeButtonGrp = new TQButtonGroup();
+		TQRadioButton *ingredientRadioButton = new TQRadioButton( i18n( "Ingredient:" ), typeHBox );
+		typeButtonGrp->insert( ingredientRadioButton, 0 );
+
+		TQRadioButton *headerRadioButton = new TQRadioButton( i18n( "Ingredient grouping name", "Header:" ), typeHBox );
+		typeButtonGrp->insert( headerRadioButton, 1 );
+
+		typeButtonGrp->setButton( 0 );
+		connect( typeButtonGrp, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( typeButtonClicked( int ) ) );
+	}
+	else {
+		(void) new TQLabel( i18n( "Ingredient:" ), typeHBox );
+		typeButtonGrp = 0;
+	}
+	
+	header_ing_stack = new TQWidgetStack(ingredientVBox);
+	ingredientBox = new IngredientComboBox( TRUE, header_ing_stack, database );
+	ingredientBox->setAutoCompletion( TRUE );
+	ingredientBox->lineEdit() ->disconnect( ingredientBox ); //so hitting enter doesn't enter the item into the box
+	ingredientBox->setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Ignored, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ) );
+	header_ing_stack->addWidget( ingredientBox );
+	headerBox = new HeaderComboBox( TRUE, header_ing_stack, database );
+	headerBox->setAutoCompletion( TRUE );
+	headerBox->lineEdit() ->disconnect( ingredientBox ); //so hitting enter doesn't enter the item into the box
+	headerBox->setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Ignored, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ) );
+	header_ing_stack->addWidget( headerBox );
+
+	TQVBox *amountVBox = new TQVBox( this );
+	amountLabel = new TQLabel( i18n( "Amount:" ), amountVBox );
+	amountEdit = new FractionInput( amountVBox );
+	amountEdit->setAllowRange(true);
+	amountEdit->setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ) );
+
+	TQVBox *unitVBox = new TQVBox( this );
+	unitLabel = new TQLabel( i18n( "Unit:" ), unitVBox );
+	unitBox = new KComboBox( TRUE, unitVBox );
+	unitBox->setAutoCompletion( TRUE );
+	unitBox->lineEdit() ->disconnect( unitBox ); //so hitting enter doesn't enter the item into the box
+	unitBox->setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Ignored, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ) );
+
+	TQVBox *prepMethodVBox = new TQVBox( this );
+	prepMethodLabel = new TQLabel( i18n( "Preparation Method:" ), prepMethodVBox );
+	prepMethodBox = new PrepMethodComboBox( TRUE, prepMethodVBox, database );
+	prepMethodBox->setAutoCompletion( TRUE );
+	prepMethodBox->lineEdit() ->disconnect( prepMethodBox ); //so hitting enter doesn't enter the item into the box
+	prepMethodBox->setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Ignored, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ) );
+
+	orButton = new TQCheckBox( i18n( "OR" ), this );
+
+	setStretchFactor( ingredientVBox, 5 );
+	setStretchFactor( amountVBox, 1 );
+	setStretchFactor( unitVBox, 2 );
+	setStretchFactor( prepMethodVBox, 3 );
+
+	connect( ingredientBox, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( loadUnitListCombo() ) );
+	connect( ingredientBox->lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( lostFocus() ), this, TQ_SLOT( slotIngredientBoxLostFocus() ) );
+	connect( unitBox->lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( lostFocus() ), this, TQ_SLOT( slotUnitBoxLostFocus() ) );
+	connect( prepMethodBox->lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( lostFocus() ), this, TQ_SLOT( slotPrepMethodBoxLostFocus() ) );
+	connect( orButton, TQ_SIGNAL( toggled(bool) ), this, TQ_SLOT( orToggled(bool) ) );
+
+	connect( unitBox->lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), this, TQ_SLOT( signalIngredient() ) );
+	connect( ingredientBox->lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), this, TQ_SLOT( signalIngredient() ) );
+	connect( headerBox->lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), this, TQ_SLOT( signalIngredient() ) );
+	connect( prepMethodBox->lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ), this, TQ_SLOT( signalIngredient() ) );
+	connect( amountEdit, TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed( const TQString & ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( signalIngredient() ) );
+
+	unitComboList = new UnitList;
+
+	setFocusProxy( ingredientBox );
+}
+
+IngredientInput::~IngredientInput()
+{
+	delete unitComboList;
+	delete typeButtonGrp;
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::clear()
+{
+	unitComboList->clear();
+
+	orButton->setChecked(false);
+	typeButtonGrp->setButton( 0 ); //put back to ingredient input
+	typeButtonClicked( 0 );
+
+	amountEdit->clear();
+	ingredientBox->lineEdit()->setText("");
+	prepMethodBox->lineEdit()->setText("");
+	headerBox->lineEdit()->setText("");
+	unitBox->lineEdit()->setText("");
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::orToggled(bool b)
+{
+	emit orToggled(b,this);
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::reloadCombos()
+{
+	//these only needed to be loaded once
+	if ( ingredientBox->count() == 0 ) {
+		START_TIMER("Loading ingredient input auto-completion");
+		ingredientBox->reload();
+		END_TIMER();
+	}
+	if ( headerBox->count() == 0 ) {
+		START_TIMER("Loading ingredient header input auto-completion");
+		headerBox->reload();
+		END_TIMER();
+	}
+	if ( prepMethodBox->count() == 0 ) {
+		START_TIMER("Loading prep method input auto-completion");
+		prepMethodBox->reload();
+		END_TIMER();
+	}
+
+	loadUnitListCombo();
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::slotIngredientBoxLostFocus( void )
+{
+	if ( ingredientBox->contains( ingredientBox->currentText() ) ) {
+		ingredientBox->setCurrentItem( ingredientBox->currentText() );
+		loadUnitListCombo();
+	}
+	else {
+		unitBox->clear();
+		unitBox->completionObject() ->clear();
+		unitComboList->clear();
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::slotUnitBoxLostFocus()
+{
+	if ( unitBox->contains( unitBox->currentText() ) )
+		unitBox->setCurrentItem( unitBox->currentText() );
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::slotPrepMethodBoxLostFocus()
+{
+	if ( prepMethodBox->contains( prepMethodBox->currentText() ) )
+		prepMethodBox->setCurrentItem( prepMethodBox->currentText() );
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::typeButtonClicked( int button_id )
+{
+	if ( amountEdit->isEnabled() == !bool( button_id ) )  //it is already set (the same button was clicked more than once)
+		return ;
+
+	amountEdit->setEnabled( !bool( button_id ) );
+	unitBox->setEnabled( !bool( button_id ) );
+	prepMethodBox->setEnabled( !bool( button_id ) );
+
+	if ( button_id == 1 ) { //Header
+		header_ing_stack->raiseWidget( headerBox );
+	}
+	else {
+		header_ing_stack->raiseWidget( ingredientBox );
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::enableHeader( bool enable )
+{
+	if ( !enable ) {
+		typeButtonGrp->setButton( 0 ); //put back to ingredient input
+		typeButtonClicked( 0 );
+	}
+	typeButtonGrp->find(1)->setEnabled(enable);
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::signalIngredient()
+{
+	//validate input; if successful, emit signal
+	if ( isHeader() ) {
+		if ( header().isEmpty() )
+			return;
+	}
+	else {
+		if ( !isInputValid() )
+			return;
+	}
+
+	emit addIngredient();
+}
+
+bool IngredientInput::isInputValid()
+{
+	if ( ingredientBox->currentText().stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, i18n( "Please enter an ingredient" ), TQString::null );
+		ingredientBox->setFocus();
+		return false;
+	}
+	return checkAmountEdit() && checkBounds();
+}
+
+bool IngredientInput::checkBounds()
+{
+	if ( ingredientBox->currentText().length() > uint(database->maxIngredientNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Ingredient name cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxIngredientNameLength() ) );
+		ingredientBox->lineEdit() ->setFocus();
+		ingredientBox->lineEdit() ->selectAll();
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if ( unitBox->currentText().length() > uint(database->maxUnitNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Unit name cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxUnitNameLength() ) );
+		unitBox->lineEdit() ->setFocus();
+		unitBox->lineEdit() ->selectAll();
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	TQStringList prepMethodList = TQStringList::split(",",prepMethodBox->currentText());
+	for ( TQStringList::const_iterator it = prepMethodList.begin(); it != prepMethodList.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( (*it).stripWhiteSpace().length() > uint(database->maxPrepMethodNameLength()) )
+		{
+			KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Preparation method cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxPrepMethodNameLength() ) );
+			prepMethodBox->lineEdit() ->setFocus();
+			prepMethodBox->lineEdit() ->selectAll();
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool IngredientInput::checkAmountEdit()
+{
+	if ( amountEdit->isInputValid() )
+		return true;
+	else {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, i18n( "Amount field contains invalid input." ),
+		                    i18n( "Invalid input" ) );
+		amountEdit->setFocus();
+		amountEdit->selectAll();
+		return false;
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::loadUnitListCombo()
+{
+	TQString store_unit = unitBox->currentText();
+	unitBox->clear(); // Empty the combo first
+	unitBox->completionObject() ->clear();
+
+	int comboIndex = ingredientBox->currentItem();
+	int comboCount = ingredientBox->count();
+
+	if ( comboCount > 0 ) { // If not, the list may be empty (no ingredient list defined) and crashes while reading
+		int selectedIngredient = ingredientBox->id( comboIndex );
+		database->loadPossibleUnits( selectedIngredient, unitComboList );
+
+		//Populate this data into the ComboBox
+		for ( UnitList::const_iterator unit_it = unitComboList->begin(); unit_it != unitComboList->end(); ++unit_it ) {
+			unitBox->insertItem( ( *unit_it ).name );
+			unitBox->completionObject() ->addItem( ( *unit_it ).name );
+			if ( ( *unit_it ).name != (*unit_it ).plural ) {
+				unitBox->insertItem( ( *unit_it ).plural );
+				unitBox->completionObject() ->addItem( ( *unit_it ).plural );
+			}
+
+			if ( !( *unit_it ).name_abbrev.isEmpty() ) {
+				unitBox->insertItem( ( *unit_it ).name_abbrev );
+				unitBox->completionObject() ->addItem( ( *unit_it ).name_abbrev );
+			}
+			if ( !(*unit_it ).plural_abbrev.isEmpty() && 
+			   ( *unit_it ).name_abbrev != (*unit_it ).plural_abbrev ) {
+				unitBox->insertItem( ( *unit_it ).plural_abbrev );
+				unitBox->completionObject() ->addItem( ( *unit_it ).plural_abbrev );
+			}
+
+		}
+	}
+	unitBox->lineEdit() ->setText( store_unit );
+}
+
+bool IngredientInput::isHeader() const
+{
+	return typeButtonGrp && (typeButtonGrp->id( typeButtonGrp->selected() ) == 1);
+}
+
+Ingredient IngredientInput::ingredient() const
+{
+	Ingredient ing;
+
+	ing.prepMethodList = ElementList::split(",",prepMethodBox->currentText());
+	ing.name = ingredientBox->currentText();
+	amountEdit->value(ing.amount,ing.amount_offset);
+	ing.units = Unit(unitBox->currentText().stripWhiteSpace(),ing.amount+ing.amount_offset);
+	ing.ingredientID = ingredientBox->id( ingredientBox->currentItem() );
+
+	return ing;
+}
+
+TQString IngredientInput::header() const
+{
+	return headerBox->currentText().stripWhiteSpace();
+}
+
+void IngredientInput::updateTabOrder()
+{
+	TQWidget::setTabOrder( ingredientBox, amountEdit );
+	TQWidget::setTabOrder( amountEdit, unitBox );
+	TQWidget::setTabOrder( unitBox, prepMethodBox );
+	TQWidget::setTabOrder( prepMethodBox, orButton );
+}
+
+
+IngredientInputWidget::IngredientInputWidget( RecipeDB *db, TQWidget *parent ) : TQVBox(parent), database(db)
+{
+	setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Expanding, TQSizePolicy::Fixed ) );
+
+	m_ingInputs.append(new IngredientInput(database,this));
+
+	// Connect signals & Slots
+	connect( m_ingInputs[0], TQ_SIGNAL(addIngredient()), this, TQ_SLOT(addIngredient()) );
+	connect( m_ingInputs[0], TQ_SIGNAL(orToggled(bool,IngredientInput*)), this, TQ_SLOT(updateInputs(bool,IngredientInput*)) );
+
+	reloadCombos();
+}
+
+IngredientInputWidget::~IngredientInputWidget()
+{
+}
+
+void IngredientInputWidget::clear()
+{
+	//clearing the first input deletes all substitute inputs
+	m_ingInputs[0]->clear();
+}
+
+void IngredientInputWidget::updateInputs(bool on, IngredientInput* input)
+{
+	TQValueList<IngredientInput*>::iterator curr = m_ingInputs.find(input);
+	IngredientInput *prev_input = *curr;
+	++curr;
+
+	if ( on ) {
+		IngredientInput *new_input = new IngredientInput(database,this,false);
+		new_input->reloadCombos();
+
+		TQWidget::setTabOrder( prev_input, new_input );
+		new_input->updateTabOrder();
+
+		connect( new_input, TQ_SIGNAL(addIngredient()), this, TQ_SLOT(addIngredient()) );
+		connect( new_input, TQ_SIGNAL(orToggled(bool,IngredientInput*)), this, TQ_SLOT(updateInputs(bool,IngredientInput*)) );
+		
+		new_input->show();
+		m_ingInputs.insert(curr,new_input);
+
+		m_ingInputs[0]->enableHeader(false);
+		
+	}
+	else {
+		while ( curr != m_ingInputs.end() ) {
+			(*curr)->deleteLater();
+			curr = m_ingInputs.remove(curr);
+		}
+		if ( m_ingInputs.count() == 1 )
+			m_ingInputs[0]->enableHeader(true);
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientInputWidget::addIngredient()
+{
+	if ( m_ingInputs[0]->isHeader() ) {
+		TQString header = m_ingInputs[0]->header();
+		if ( header.isEmpty() )
+			return;
+
+		int group_id = createNewGroupIfNecessary( header,database );
+		emit headerEntered( Element(header,group_id) );
+	}
+	else {
+		for ( TQValueList<IngredientInput*>::iterator it = m_ingInputs.begin(); it != m_ingInputs.end(); ++it ) {
+			if ( !(*it)->isInputValid() )
+				return;
+		}
+
+		TQValueList<IngredientData> list;
+		for ( TQValueList<IngredientInput*>::const_iterator it = m_ingInputs.begin(); it != m_ingInputs.end(); ++it ) {
+			Ingredient ing = (*it)->ingredient();
+			ing.ingredientID = createNewIngredientIfNecessary(ing.name,database);
+
+			bool plural = ing.amount+ing.amount_offset > 1;
+			ing.units.id = createNewUnitIfNecessary( (plural)?ing.units.plural:ing.units.name, plural, ing.ingredientID, ing.units,database );
+			if ( ing.units.id == -1 )  // this will happen if the dialog to create a unit was cancelled
+				return ;
+	
+			TQValueList<int> prepIDs = createNewPrepIfNecessary( ing.prepMethodList,database );
+			TQValueList<int>::const_iterator id_it = prepIDs.begin();
+			for ( ElementList::iterator it = ing.prepMethodList.begin(); it != ing.prepMethodList.end(); ++it, ++id_it ) {
+				(*it).id = *id_it;
+			}
+
+			list.append(ing);
+		}
+
+		Ingredient ing = list.first();
+		list.pop_front();
+		ing.substitutes = list;
+		emit ingredientEntered( ing );
+	}
+	clear();
+
+	m_ingInputs[0]->setFocus(); //put cursor back to the ingredient name so user can begin next ingredient
+}
+
+int IngredientInputWidget::createNewIngredientIfNecessary( const TQString &ing, RecipeDB *database )
+{
+	int id = -1;
+	if ( ing.isEmpty() )
+		return -1;
+
+	id = database->findExistingIngredientByName( ing );
+	if (  id == -1 ) {
+		database->createNewIngredient( ing );
+		id = database->lastInsertID();
+	}
+	return id;
+}
+
+int IngredientInputWidget::createNewUnitIfNecessary( const TQString &unit, bool plural, int ingredientID, Unit &new_unit, RecipeDB *database )
+{
+	int id = database->findExistingUnitByName( unit );
+	if ( -1 == id )
+	{
+		CreateUnitDialog getUnit( 0, ( plural ) ? TQString::null : unit, ( !plural ) ? TQString::null : unit );
+		if ( getUnit.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+			new_unit = getUnit.newUnit();
+			database->createNewUnit( new_unit );
+
+			id = database->lastInsertID();
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( !database->ingredientContainsUnit(
+			ingredientID,
+			id ) )
+	{
+		database->addUnitToIngredient(
+			ingredientID,
+			id );
+	}
+
+	new_unit = database->unitName( id );
+
+	//loadUnitListCombo();
+	return id;
+}
+
+TQValueList<int> IngredientInputWidget::createNewPrepIfNecessary( const ElementList &prepMethods, RecipeDB *database )
+{
+	TQValueList<int> ids;
+
+	if ( prepMethods.isEmpty() )  //no prep methods
+		return ids;
+	else
+	{
+		for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = prepMethods.begin(); it != prepMethods.end(); ++it ) {
+			int id = database->findExistingPrepByName( (*it).name.stripWhiteSpace() );
+			if ( id == -1 )
+			{
+				database->createNewPrepMethod( (*it).name.stripWhiteSpace() );
+				id = database->lastInsertID();
+			}
+			ids << id;
+		}
+
+		return ids;
+	}
+}
+
+int IngredientInputWidget::createNewGroupIfNecessary( const TQString &group, RecipeDB *database )
+{
+	if ( group.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() )  //no group
+		return -1;
+	else
+	{
+		int id = database->findExistingIngredientGroupByName( group );
+		if ( id == -1 ) //creating new
+		{
+			database->createNewIngGroup( group );
+			id = database->lastInsertID();
+		}
+
+		return id;
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientInputWidget::reloadCombos()
+{
+	for ( TQValueList<IngredientInput*>::iterator it = m_ingInputs.begin(); it != m_ingInputs.end(); ++it )
+		(*it)->reloadCombos();
+}
+
+#include "ingredientinputwidget.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/ingredientinputwidget.h b/src/widgets/ingredientinputwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecc623a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ingredientinputwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003-2005 by                                            *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INGREDIENTINPUTWIDGET_H
+#define INGREDIENTINPUTWIDGET_H
+
+#include <tqvbox.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+
+class TQVBox;
+class TQHBox;
+class TQLabel;
+class TQButtonGroup;
+class TQWidgetStack;
+class TQGroupBox;
+class TQRadioButton;
+class TQCheckBox;
+
+class KComboBox;
+
+class IngredientComboBox;
+class HeaderComboBox;
+class PrepMethodComboBox;
+class RecipeDB;
+class FractionInput;
+class Ingredient;
+class Element;
+class ElementList;
+class IngredientInput;
+
+class IngredientInputWidget : public TQVBox
+{
+TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	IngredientInputWidget( RecipeDB *db, TQWidget *parent );
+	~IngredientInputWidget();
+
+	void clear();
+
+	static int createNewIngredientIfNecessary( const TQString &ing, RecipeDB *db );
+	static int createNewUnitIfNecessary( const TQString &unit, bool plural, int ingredient_id, Unit &new_unit, RecipeDB *db );
+	static TQValueList<int> createNewPrepIfNecessary( const ElementList &prepMethods, RecipeDB *db );
+	static int createNewGroupIfNecessary( const TQString &group, RecipeDB *db );
+
+signals:
+	void ingredientEntered( const Ingredient &ing );
+
+	void headerEntered( const Element &header );
+
+public slots:
+	void addIngredient();
+
+private slots:
+	void updateInputs(bool,IngredientInput*);
+
+private:
+	/** Reloads lists of units, ingredients, and preparation methods */
+	void reloadCombos();
+
+	void checkIfNewUnits();
+
+	RecipeDB *database;
+
+	TQValueList<IngredientInput*> m_ingInputs;
+};
+
+class IngredientInput : public TQHBox
+{
+TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	IngredientInput( RecipeDB *db, TQWidget *parent, bool allowHeader = true );
+	~IngredientInput();
+
+	void clear();
+	bool isInputValid();
+
+	bool isHeader() const;
+	Ingredient ingredient() const;
+	TQString header() const;
+
+	void reloadCombos();
+	void enableHeader( bool );
+	void updateTabOrder();
+
+signals:
+	void addIngredient();
+	void orToggled(bool,IngredientInput*);
+
+private slots:
+	void loadUnitListCombo();
+	void signalIngredient();
+	void typeButtonClicked( int );
+	void slotIngredientBoxLostFocus();
+	void slotUnitBoxLostFocus();
+	void slotPrepMethodBoxLostFocus();
+	void orToggled(bool);
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds();
+	bool checkAmountEdit();
+
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	UnitList *unitComboList;
+
+	TQCheckBox *orButton;
+	TQGroupBox *ingredientGBox;
+	TQLabel *amountLabel;
+	FractionInput* amountEdit;
+	TQLabel *unitLabel;
+	KComboBox* unitBox;
+	TQLabel *prepMethodLabel;
+	PrepMethodComboBox* prepMethodBox;
+	TQLabel *ingredientLabel;
+	IngredientComboBox* ingredientBox;
+	HeaderComboBox* headerBox;
+	TQWidgetStack *header_ing_stack;
+	TQButtonGroup *typeButtonGrp;
+};
+
+#endif //INGREDIENTINPUTWIDGET_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/ingredientlistview.cpp b/src/widgets/ingredientlistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1343530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ingredientlistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "ingredientlistview.h"
+
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tdepopupmenu.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "dialogs/createelementdialog.h"
+#include "dialogs/dependanciesdialog.h"
+
+IngredientCheckListItem::IngredientCheckListItem( IngredientCheckListView* qlv, const Element &ing ) : TQCheckListItem( qlv, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ),
+	m_listview(qlv)
+{
+	// Initialize the ingredient data with the the property data
+	ingStored = new Element();
+	ingStored->id = ing.id;
+	ingStored->name = ing.name;
+}
+
+IngredientCheckListItem::IngredientCheckListItem( IngredientCheckListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const Element &ing ) : TQCheckListItem( qlv, after, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ),
+	m_listview(qlv)
+{
+	// Initialize the ingredient data with the the property data
+	ingStored = new Element();
+	ingStored->id = ing.id;
+	ingStored->name = ing.name;
+}
+
+IngredientCheckListItem::~IngredientCheckListItem( void )
+{
+	delete ingStored;
+}
+int IngredientCheckListItem::id( void ) const
+{
+	return ingStored->id;
+}
+TQString IngredientCheckListItem::name( void ) const
+{
+	return ingStored->name;
+}
+Element IngredientCheckListItem::ingredient() const
+{
+	return *ingStored;
+}
+
+TQString IngredientCheckListItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0:
+		return ( ingStored->name );
+	case 1:
+		return ( TQString::number( ingStored->id ) );
+	default:
+		return TQString::null;
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientCheckListItem::stateChange( bool on )
+{
+	m_listview->stateChange(this,on);
+}
+
+IngredientListView::IngredientListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : DBListViewBase( parent,db, db->ingredientCount() )
+{
+	setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+	setDefaultRenameAction( TQListView::Reject );
+}
+
+void IngredientListView::init()
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingredientCreated( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( checkCreateIngredient( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( ingredientRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeIngredient( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void IngredientListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	ElementList ingredientList;
+	database->loadIngredients( &ingredientList, limit, offset );
+
+	setTotalItems(ingredientList.count());
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator ing_it = ingredientList.begin(); ing_it != ingredientList.end(); ++ing_it )
+		createIngredient( *ing_it );
+}
+
+void IngredientListView::checkCreateIngredient( const Element &el )
+{
+	if ( handleElement(el.name) ) { //only create this ingredient if the base class okays it
+		createIngredient(el);
+	}
+}
+
+
+StdIngredientListView::StdIngredientListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : IngredientListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Ingredient" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+
+	if ( editable ) {
+		setRenameable( 0, true );
+
+		TDEIconLoader *il = new TDEIconLoader;
+
+		kpop = new TDEPopupMenu( this );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "document-new", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Create" ), this, TQ_SLOT( createNew() ), CTRL + Key_C );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-delete", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Delete" ), this, TQ_SLOT( remove
+			                  () ), Key_Delete );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Rename" ), this, TQ_SLOT( rename() ), CTRL + Key_R );
+		kpop->polish();
+
+		delete il;
+
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( contextMenu( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ), TQ_SLOT( showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( modIngredient( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( itemRenamed( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( saveIngredient( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::showPopup( TDEListView * /*l*/, TQListViewItem *i, const TQPoint &p )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		kpop->exec( p );
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::createNew()
+{
+	CreateElementDialog * elementDialog = new CreateElementDialog( this, i18n( "New Ingredient" ) );
+
+	if ( elementDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+		TQString result = elementDialog->newElementName();
+
+		if ( checkBounds( result ) )
+			database->createNewIngredient( result ); // Create the new author in the database
+	}
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::remove
+	()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * it = currentItem();
+
+	if ( it ) {
+		int ingredientID = it->text( 1 ).toInt();
+
+		ElementList dependingRecipes;
+		database->findIngredientDependancies( ingredientID, &dependingRecipes );
+
+		if ( dependingRecipes.isEmpty() )
+			database->removeIngredient( ingredientID );
+		else { // Need Warning!
+			ListInfo list;
+			list.list = dependingRecipes;
+			list.name = i18n( "Recipes" );
+
+			DependanciesDialog warnDialog( this, list );
+			warnDialog.setCustomWarning( i18n("You are about to permanantly delete recipes from your database.") );
+			if ( warnDialog.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted )
+				database->removeIngredient( ingredientID );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::rename()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item )
+		IngredientListView::rename( item, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::createIngredient( const Element &ing )
+{
+	createElement(new TQListViewItem( this, ing.name, TQString::number( ing.id ) ));
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::removeIngredient( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 1 );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::modIngredient( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		IngredientListView::rename( i, 0);
+}
+
+void StdIngredientListView::saveIngredient( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( !checkBounds( i->text( 0 ) ) ) {
+		reload(ForceReload); //reset the changed text
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	int existing_id = database->findExistingIngredientByName( i->text( 0 ) );
+	int ing_id = i->text( 1 ).toInt();
+	if ( existing_id != -1 && existing_id != ing_id )  //category already exists with this label... merge the two
+	{
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "This ingredient already exists.  Continuing will merge these two ingredients into one.  Are you sure?" ) ) )
+		{
+		case KMessageBox::Continue: {
+				database->mergeIngredients( existing_id, ing_id );
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			reload(ForceReload);
+			break; //we have to reload because the ingredient was renamed, and we need to reset it
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		database->modIngredient( ( i->text( 1 ) ).toInt(), i->text( 0 ) );
+	}
+}
+
+bool StdIngredientListView::checkBounds( const TQString &name )
+{
+	if ( name.length() > uint(database->maxIngredientNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Ingredient name cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxIngredientNameLength() ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+
+IngredientCheckListView::IngredientCheckListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : IngredientListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Ingredient" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig *config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+}
+
+void IngredientCheckListView::createIngredient( const Element &ing )
+{
+	createElement(new IngredientCheckListItem( this, ing ));
+}
+
+void IngredientCheckListView::removeIngredient( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 1 );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void IngredientCheckListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	IngredientListView::load(limit,offset);
+
+	for ( TQValueList<Element>::const_iterator ing_it = m_selections.begin(); ing_it != m_selections.end(); ++ing_it ) {
+		TQCheckListItem * item = ( TQCheckListItem* ) findItem( TQString::number( (*ing_it).id ), 1 );
+		if ( item ) {
+			item->setOn(true);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void IngredientCheckListView::stateChange(IngredientCheckListItem *it,bool on)
+{
+	if ( !reloading() ) {
+		if ( on )
+			m_selections.append(it->ingredient());
+		else
+			m_selections.remove(it->ingredient());
+	}
+}
+
+#include "ingredientlistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/ingredientlistview.h b/src/widgets/ingredientlistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58990c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ingredientlistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef INGREDIENTLISTVIEW_H
+#define INGREDIENTLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.h"
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class TDEPopupMenu;
+class IngredientCheckListView;
+
+/**
+@author Unai Garro
+*/
+class IngredientCheckListItem: public TQCheckListItem
+{
+public:
+	IngredientCheckListItem( IngredientCheckListView* qlv, const Element &ing );
+	IngredientCheckListItem( IngredientCheckListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const Element &ing );
+	~IngredientCheckListItem( void );
+
+	int id( void ) const;
+	TQString name( void ) const;
+	Element ingredient() const;
+
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+
+protected:
+	virtual void stateChange( bool on );
+
+private:
+	Element *ingStored;
+	IngredientCheckListView *m_listview;
+};
+
+
+
+class IngredientListView : public DBListViewBase
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	IngredientListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void createIngredient( const Element & ) = 0;
+	virtual void removeIngredient( int ) = 0;
+	virtual void load(int limit,int offset);
+
+protected:
+	virtual void init();
+
+private slots:
+	virtual void checkCreateIngredient( const Element & );
+};
+
+
+
+class StdIngredientListView : public IngredientListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	StdIngredientListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createIngredient( const Element & );
+	virtual void removeIngredient( int );
+
+private slots:
+	void showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & );
+
+	void createNew();
+	void remove
+		();
+	void rename();
+
+	void modIngredient( TQListViewItem* i );
+	void saveIngredient( TQListViewItem* i );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const TQString &name );
+
+	TDEPopupMenu *kpop;
+};
+
+
+
+class IngredientCheckListView : public IngredientListView
+{
+public:
+	IngredientCheckListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+	virtual void stateChange(IngredientCheckListItem *,bool);
+
+	TQValueList<Element> selections() const{ return m_selections; }
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createIngredient( const Element &ing );
+	virtual void removeIngredient( int );
+
+	virtual void load( int limit, int offset );
+
+private:
+	TQValueList<Element> m_selections;
+};
+
+#endif //INGREDIENTLISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/kdateedit.cpp b/src/widgets/kdateedit.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8becc83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kdateedit.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libtdepim.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2003-2004 Reinhold Kainhofer <reinhold@kainhofer.com>
+    Copyright (c) 2004 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, 
+    Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+*/
+
+#include <tqapplication.h>
+#include <tqlineedit.h>
+#include <tqlistbox.h>
+#include <tqvalidator.h>
+
+//#include <kcalendarsystem.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <tdeglobalsettings.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+
+#include "kdateedit.h"
+
+TQRect desktopGeometry(TQWidget* w)
+{
+ TQDesktopWidget *dw = TQApplication::desktop();
+ if (dw->isVirtualDesktop()) {
+     TDEConfigGroup group(TDEGlobal::config(), "Windows");
+     if (group.readBoolEntry("XineramaEnabled", true) &&
+         group.readBoolEntry("XineramaPlacementEnabled", true)) {
+         if (w)
+             return dw->screenGeometry(dw->screenNumber(w));
+         else return dw->screenGeometry(-1);
+     } else {
+         return dw->geometry();
+     }
+ } else {
+     return dw->geometry();
+ }
+}
+
+class DateValidator : public TQValidator
+{
+  public:
+    DateValidator( const TQStringList &keywords, TQWidget* parent, const char* name = 0 )
+      : TQValidator( parent, name ), mKeywords( keywords )
+    {}
+
+    virtual State validate( TQString &str, int& ) const
+    {
+      int length = str.length();
+
+      // empty string is intermediate so one can clear the edit line and start from scratch
+      if ( length <= 0 )
+        return Intermediate;
+
+      if ( mKeywords.contains( str.lower() ) )
+        return Acceptable;
+
+      bool ok = false;
+      TDEGlobal::locale()->readDate( str, &ok );
+      if ( ok )
+        return Acceptable;
+      else
+        return Intermediate;
+    }
+
+  private:
+    TQStringList mKeywords;
+};
+
+KDateEdit::KDateEdit( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : TQComboBox( true, parent, name ),
+    mReadOnly( false ),
+    mDiscardNextMousePress( false )
+{
+  // need at least one entry for popup to work
+  setMaxCount( 1 );
+
+  mDate = TQDate::currentDate();
+  TQString today = TDEGlobal::locale()->formatDate( mDate, true );
+
+  insertItem( today );
+  setCurrentItem( 0 );
+  changeItem( today, 0 );
+  setMinimumSize( sizeHint() );
+
+  connect( lineEdit(), TQ_SIGNAL( returnPressed() ),
+           this, TQ_SLOT( lineEnterPressed() ) );
+  connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString& ) ),
+           TQ_SLOT( slotTextChanged( const TQString& ) ) );
+
+  mPopup = new KDatePickerPopup( KDatePickerPopup::DatePicker | KDatePickerPopup::Words );
+  mPopup->hide();
+  mPopup->installEventFilter( this );
+
+  connect( mPopup, TQ_SIGNAL( dateChanged( TQDate ) ),
+           TQ_SLOT( dateSelected( TQDate ) ) );
+
+  // handle keyword entry
+  setupKeywords();
+  lineEdit()->installEventFilter( this );
+
+  setValidator( new DateValidator( mKeywordMap.keys(), this ) );
+
+  mTextChanged = false;
+}
+
+KDateEdit::~KDateEdit()
+{
+  delete mPopup;
+  mPopup = 0;
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::setDate( const TQDate& date )
+{
+  assignDate( date );
+  updateView();
+}
+
+TQDate KDateEdit::date() const
+{
+  return mDate;
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::setReadOnly( bool readOnly )
+{
+  mReadOnly = readOnly;
+  lineEdit()->setReadOnly( readOnly );
+}
+
+bool KDateEdit::isReadOnly() const
+{
+  return mReadOnly;
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::popup()
+{
+  if ( mReadOnly )
+    return;
+
+  TQRect desk = desktopGeometry( this );
+
+  TQPoint popupPoint = mapToGlobal( TQPoint( 0,0 ) );
+
+  int dateFrameHeight = mPopup->sizeHint().height();
+  if ( popupPoint.y() + height() + dateFrameHeight > desk.bottom() )
+    popupPoint.setY( popupPoint.y() - dateFrameHeight );
+  else
+    popupPoint.setY( popupPoint.y() + height() );
+
+  int dateFrameWidth = mPopup->sizeHint().width();
+  if ( popupPoint.x() + dateFrameWidth > desk.right() )
+    popupPoint.setX( desk.right() - dateFrameWidth );
+
+  if ( popupPoint.x() < desk.left() )
+    popupPoint.setX( desk.left() );
+
+  if ( popupPoint.y() < desk.top() )
+    popupPoint.setY( desk.top() );
+
+  if ( mDate.isValid() )
+    mPopup->setDate( mDate );
+  else
+    mPopup->setDate( TQDate::currentDate() );
+
+  mPopup->popup( popupPoint );
+
+  // The combo box is now shown pressed. Make it show not pressed again
+  // by causing its (invisible) list box to emit a 'selected' signal.
+  // First, ensure that the list box contains the date currently displayed.
+  TQDate date = parseDate();
+  assignDate( date );
+  updateView();
+  // Now, simulate an Enter to unpress it
+  TQListBox *lb = listBox();
+  if (lb) {
+    lb->setCurrentItem(0);
+    TQKeyEvent* keyEvent = new TQKeyEvent(TQEvent::KeyPress, TQt::Key_Enter, 0, 0);
+    TQApplication::postEvent(lb, keyEvent);
+  }
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::dateSelected( TQDate date )
+{
+  if (assignDate( date ) ) {
+    updateView();
+    emit dateChanged( date );
+
+    if ( date.isValid() ) {
+      mPopup->hide();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::dateEntered( TQDate date )
+{
+  if (assignDate( date ) ) {
+    updateView();
+    emit dateChanged( date );
+  }
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::lineEnterPressed()
+{
+  bool replaced = false;
+
+  TQDate date = parseDate( &replaced );
+
+  if (assignDate( date ) ) {
+    if ( replaced )
+      updateView();
+
+    emit dateChanged( date );
+  }
+}
+
+TQDate KDateEdit::parseDate( bool *replaced ) const
+{
+  TQString text = currentText();
+  TQDate result;
+
+  if ( replaced )
+    (*replaced) = false;
+
+  if ( text.isEmpty() )
+    result = TQDate();
+  else if ( mKeywordMap.contains( text.lower() ) ) {
+    TQDate today = TQDate::currentDate();
+    int i = mKeywordMap[ text.lower() ];
+    if ( i >= 100 ) {
+      /* A day name has been entered. Convert to offset from today.
+       * This uses some math tricks to figure out the offset in days
+       * to the next date the given day of the week occurs. There
+       * are two cases, that the new day is >= the current day, which means
+       * the new day has not occurred yet or that the new day < the current day,
+       * which means the new day is already passed (so we need to find the
+       * day in the next week).
+       */
+      i -= 100;
+      int currentDay = today.dayOfWeek();
+      if ( i >= currentDay )
+        i -= currentDay;
+      else
+        i += 7 - currentDay;
+    }
+
+    result = today.addDays( i );
+    if ( replaced )
+      (*replaced) = true;
+  } else {
+    result = TDEGlobal::locale()->readDate( text );
+  }
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+bool KDateEdit::eventFilter( TQObject *object, TQEvent *event )
+{
+  if ( object == lineEdit() ) {
+    // We only process the focus out event if the text has changed
+    // since we got focus
+    if ( (event->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut) && mTextChanged ) {
+      lineEnterPressed();
+      mTextChanged = false;
+    } else if ( event->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
+      // Up and down arrow keys step the date
+      TQKeyEvent* keyEvent = (TQKeyEvent*)event;
+
+      if ( keyEvent->key() == TQt::Key_Return ) {
+        lineEnterPressed();
+        return true;
+      }
+
+      int step = 0;
+      if ( keyEvent->key() == TQt::Key_Up )
+        step = 1;
+      else if ( keyEvent->key() == TQt::Key_Down )
+        step = -1;
+      if ( step && !mReadOnly ) {
+        TQDate date = parseDate();
+        if ( date.isValid() ) {
+          date = date.addDays( step );
+          if ( assignDate( date ) ) {
+            updateView();
+            emit dateChanged( date );
+            return true;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } else {
+    // It's a date picker event
+    switch ( event->type() ) {
+      case TQEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
+      case TQEvent::MouseButtonPress: {
+        TQMouseEvent *mouseEvent = (TQMouseEvent*)event;
+        if ( !mPopup->rect().contains( mouseEvent->pos() ) ) {
+          TQPoint globalPos = mPopup->mapToGlobal( mouseEvent->pos() );
+          if ( TQApplication::widgetAt( globalPos, true ) == this ) {
+            // The date picker is being closed by a click on the
+            // KDateEdit widget. Avoid popping it up again immediately.
+            mDiscardNextMousePress = true;
+          }
+        }
+
+        break;
+      }
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *event )
+{
+  if ( event->button() == TQt::LeftButton && mDiscardNextMousePress ) {
+    mDiscardNextMousePress = false;
+    return;
+  }
+
+  TQComboBox::mousePressEvent( event );
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::slotTextChanged( const TQString& )
+{
+  TQDate date = parseDate();
+
+  if ( assignDate( date ) )
+    emit dateChanged( date );
+
+  mTextChanged = true;
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::setupKeywords()
+{
+  // Create the keyword list. This will be used to match against when the user
+  // enters information.
+  mKeywordMap.insert( i18n( "tomorrow" ), 1 );
+  mKeywordMap.insert( i18n( "today" ), 0 );
+  mKeywordMap.insert( i18n( "yesterday" ), -1 );
+
+  #if 0 //depends on KDE 3.2
+  TQString dayName;
+  for ( int i = 1; i <= 7; ++i ) {
+    dayName = TDEGlobal::locale()->calendar()->weekDayName( i ).lower();
+    mKeywordMap.insert( dayName, i + 100 );
+  }
+  #endif
+}
+
+bool KDateEdit::assignDate( const TQDate& date )
+{
+  mDate = date;
+  mTextChanged = false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+void KDateEdit::updateView()
+{
+  TQString dateString;
+  if ( mDate.isValid() )
+    dateString = TDEGlobal::locale()->formatDate( mDate, true );
+
+  // We do not want to generate a signal here,
+  // since we explicitly setting the date
+  bool blocked = signalsBlocked();
+  blockSignals( true );
+  changeItem( dateString, 0 );
+  blockSignals( blocked );
+}
+
+#include "kdateedit.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/kdateedit.h b/src/widgets/kdateedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3957b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kdateedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of libtdepim.
+
+    Copyright (c) 2002 Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+    Copyright (c) 2004 Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, 
+    Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+*/
+
+#ifndef KDATEEDIT_H
+#define KDATEEDIT_H
+
+#include <tqcombobox.h>
+#include <tqdatetime.h>
+#include <tqmap.h>
+
+#include "kdatepickerpopup.h"
+
+class TQEvent;
+
+/**
+  A date editing widget that consists of an editable combo box.
+  The combo box contains the date in text form, and clicking the combo
+  box arrow will display a 'popup' style date picker.
+
+  This widget also supports advanced features like allowing the user
+  to type in the day name to get the date. The following keywords
+  are supported (in the native language): tomorrow, yesturday, today,
+  monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, friday, saturday, sunday.
+
+  @image html kdateedit.png "This is how it looks"
+
+  @author Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+  @author Mike Pilone <mpilone@slac.com>
+  @author David Jarvie <software@astrojar.org.uk>
+  @author Tobias Koenig <tokoe@kde.org>
+*/
+class KDateEdit : public TQComboBox
+{
+  TQ_OBJECT
+
+  public:
+    KDateEdit( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    virtual ~KDateEdit();
+
+    /**
+      @return The date entered. This date could be invalid,
+              you have to check validity yourself.
+     */
+    TQDate date() const;
+
+    /**
+      Sets whether the widget is read-only for the user. If read-only,
+      the date picker pop-up is inactive, and the displayed date cannot be edited.
+
+      @param readOnly True to set the widget read-only, false to set it read-write.
+     */
+    void setReadOnly( bool readOnly );
+
+    /**
+      @return True if the widget is read-only, false if read-write.
+     */
+    bool isReadOnly() const;
+
+    virtual void popup();
+
+  signals:
+    /**
+      This signal is emitted whenever the user modifies the date.
+      The passed date can be invalid.
+     */
+    void dateChanged( const TQDate &date );
+
+  public slots:
+    /**
+      Sets the date.
+
+      @param date The new date to display. This date must be valid or
+                  it will not be set
+     */
+    void setDate( const TQDate &date );
+
+  protected slots:
+    void lineEnterPressed();
+    void slotTextChanged( const TQString& );
+    void dateEntered( TQDate );
+    void dateSelected( TQDate );
+
+  protected:
+    virtual bool eventFilter( TQObject*, TQEvent* );
+    virtual void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent* );
+
+    /**
+      Sets the date, without altering the display.
+      This method is used internally to set the widget's date value.
+      As a virtual method, it allows derived classes to perform additional validation
+      on the date value before it is set. Derived classes should return true if
+      TQDate::isValid(@p date) returns false.
+
+      @param date The new date to set.
+      @return True if the date was set, false if it was considered invalid and
+              remains unchanged.
+     */
+    virtual bool assignDate( const TQDate &date );
+
+    /**
+      Fills the keyword map. Reimplement it if you want additional
+      keywords.
+     */
+    void setupKeywords();
+
+  private:
+    TQDate parseDate( bool* = 0 ) const;
+    void updateView();
+
+    KDatePickerPopup *mPopup;
+
+    TQDate mDate;
+    bool mReadOnly;
+    bool mTextChanged;
+    bool mDiscardNextMousePress;
+
+    TQMap<TQString, int> mKeywordMap;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/kdatepickerpopup.cpp b/src/widgets/kdatepickerpopup.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da68918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kdatepickerpopup.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+  This file is part of libtdepim.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2004 Bram Schoenmakers <bramschoenmakers@kde.nl>
+
+  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+  Library General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, 
+  Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+*/
+
+#include <tqdatetime.h>
+#include <tqpopupmenu.h>
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+
+#include "kdatepickerpopup.h"
+
+KDatePickerPopup::KDatePickerPopup( int items, const TQDate &date, TQWidget *parent,
+                                    const char *name )
+  : TQPopupMenu( parent, name )
+{
+  mItems = items;
+
+  mDatePicker = new KDatePicker( this );
+  mDatePicker->setCloseButton( false );
+
+  connect( mDatePicker, TQ_SIGNAL( dateEntered( TQDate ) ),
+           TQ_SLOT( slotDateChanged( TQDate ) ) );
+  connect( mDatePicker, TQ_SIGNAL( dateSelected( TQDate ) ),
+           TQ_SLOT( slotDateChanged( TQDate ) ) );
+
+  mDatePicker->setDate( date );
+
+  buildMenu();
+}
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::buildMenu()
+{
+  if ( isVisible() ) return;
+  clear();
+
+  if ( mItems & DatePicker ) {
+    insertItem( mDatePicker );
+
+    if ( ( mItems & NoDate ) || ( mItems & Words ) )
+      insertSeparator();
+  }
+
+  if ( mItems & Words ) {
+    insertItem( i18n("&Today"), this, TQ_SLOT( slotToday() ) );
+    insertItem( i18n("&Yesterday"), this, TQ_SLOT( slotYesterday() ) );
+    insertItem( i18n("Last &Week"), this, TQ_SLOT( slotLastWeek() ) );
+    insertItem( i18n("Last M&onth"), this, TQ_SLOT( slotLastMonth() ) );
+
+    if ( mItems & NoDate )
+      insertSeparator();
+  }
+
+  if ( mItems & NoDate )
+    insertItem( i18n("No Date"), this, TQ_SLOT( slotNoDate() ) );
+}
+
+KDatePicker *KDatePickerPopup::datePicker() const
+{
+  return mDatePicker;
+}
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::setDate( const TQDate &date )
+{
+  mDatePicker->setDate( date );
+}
+
+#if 0
+void KDatePickerPopup::setItems( int items )
+{
+  mItems = items;
+  buildMenu();
+}
+#endif
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::slotDateChanged( TQDate date )
+{
+  emit dateChanged( date );
+  hide();
+}
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::slotToday()
+{
+  emit dateChanged( TQDate::currentDate() );
+}
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::slotYesterday()
+{
+  emit dateChanged( TQDate::currentDate().addDays( -1 ) );
+}
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::slotNoDate()
+{
+  emit dateChanged( TQDate() );
+}
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::slotLastWeek()
+{
+  emit dateChanged( TQDate::currentDate().addDays( -7 ) );
+}
+
+void KDatePickerPopup::slotLastMonth()
+{
+  emit dateChanged( TQDate::currentDate().addMonths( -1 ) );
+}
+
+#include "kdatepickerpopup.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/kdatepickerpopup.h b/src/widgets/kdatepickerpopup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67f36dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kdatepickerpopup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+  This file is part of libtdepim.
+
+  Copyright (c) 2004 Bram Schoenmakers <bramschoenmakers@kde.nl>
+
+  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+  modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+  version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+  Library General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+  along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, 
+  Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+*/
+#ifndef KDATEPICKERPOPUP_H
+#define KDATEPICKERPOPUP_H
+
+#include <tqdatetime.h>
+#include <tqpopupmenu.h>
+
+#include <kdatepicker.h>
+
+/**
+   @short This menu helps the user to select a date quickly.
+
+   This menu helps the user to select a date tquicly. It offers various ways of selecting, e.g. with a KDatePicker or with words like "Tomorrow".
+
+   The available items are:
+
+   @li NoDate: A menu-item with "No Date". If choosen, the datepicker will emit a null TQDate.
+   @li DatePicker: Show a KDatePicker-widget.
+   @li Words: Show items like "Today", "Tomorrow" or "Next Week".
+
+   When supplying multiple items, separate each item with a bitwise OR.
+
+   @author Bram Schoenmakers <bram_s@softhome.net>
+*/
+class KDatePickerPopup: public TQPopupMenu
+{
+    TQ_OBJECT
+  public:
+    enum { NoDate = 1, DatePicker = 2, Words = 4 };
+
+    /**
+       A constructor for the KDatePickerPopup.
+
+       @param items List of all desirable items, separated with a bitwise OR.
+       @param date Initial date of datepicker-widget.
+       @param parent The object's parent.
+       @param name The object's name.
+    */
+    KDatePickerPopup( int items = 2, const TQDate &date = TQDate::currentDate(),
+                      TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+    /**
+       @return A pointer to the private variable mDatePicker, an instance of
+       KDatePicker.
+    */
+    KDatePicker *datePicker() const;
+
+    void setDate( const TQDate &date );
+
+#if 0
+    /** Set items which should be shown and rebuilds the menu afterwards. Only if the menu is not visible.
+    @param items List of all desirable items, separated with a bitwise OR.
+    */
+    void setItems( int items = 1 );
+#endif
+    /** @return Returns the bitwise result of the active items in the popup. */
+    int items() const { return mItems; }
+
+  signals:
+
+    /**
+      This signal emits the new date (selected with datepicker or other
+      menu-items).
+    */
+    void dateChanged ( TQDate );
+
+  protected slots:
+    void slotDateChanged ( TQDate );
+
+    void slotToday();
+    void slotYesterday();
+    void slotLastWeek();
+    void slotLastMonth();
+    void slotNoDate();
+
+  private:
+    void buildMenu();
+
+    KDatePicker *mDatePicker;
+    int mItems;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/krelistview.cpp b/src/widgets/krelistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c06216
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/krelistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004-2005 by                                            *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "krelistview.h"
+
+#include <tdeglobalsettings.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "widgets/dblistviewbase.h"
+
+KreListView::KreListView( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &title, bool filter, int filterCol, TQWidget *embeddedWidget ) : TQVBox( parent )
+{
+
+	filteredColumn = filterCol;
+	TQWidget *header = this;
+	if ( filter || embeddedWidget ) {
+		header = new TQHBox( this );
+		( ( TQHBox* ) header ) ->setSpacing( 15 );
+	}
+
+	if ( !title.isNull() ) {
+		listLabel = new TQLabel( header );
+		listLabel->setFrameShape( TQFrame::GroupBoxPanel );
+		listLabel->setFrameShadow( TQFrame::Sunken );
+		listLabel->setPaletteForegroundColor( TDEGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor() );
+		listLabel->setPaletteBackgroundColor( TDEGlobalSettings::highlightColor().light( 120 ) ); // 120, to match the kremenu settings
+		listLabel->setText( title );
+
+	}
+
+	if ( filter ) {
+		filterBox = new TQHBox( header );
+		filterBox->setFrameShape( TQFrame::Box );
+		filterBox->setMargin( 2 );
+		filterLabel = new TQLabel( filterBox );
+		filterLabel->setText( i18n( "Search:" ) );
+		filterEdit = new KLineEdit( filterBox );
+	}
+
+
+	list = new TDEListView( this );
+	list->setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, TQSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding );
+	setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, TQSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding );
+	setSpacing( 10 );
+
+
+	// If the user provides a widget, embed it into the header
+	if ( embeddedWidget )
+		embeddedWidget->reparent( header, TQPoint( 0, 0 ) );
+	//Connect Signals & Slots
+	if ( filter ) {
+		connect( filterEdit, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString& ) ), TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged(const TQString&) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString& ) ), TQ_SLOT( filter( const TQString& ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+KreListView::~KreListView()
+{}
+
+void KreListView::filter( const TQString& s )
+{
+	for ( TQListViewItem * it = list->firstChild();it;it = it->nextSibling() ) {
+		if ( it->rtti() == NEXTLISTITEM_RTTI || it->rtti() == PREVLISTITEM_RTTI )
+			continue;
+
+		if ( s.isEmpty() )  // Don't filter if the filter text is empty
+		{
+			it->setVisible( true );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+
+			if ( it->text( filteredColumn ).contains( s, false ) )
+				it->setVisible( true );
+			else
+				it->setVisible( false );
+
+		}
+
+
+	}
+}
+
+void KreListView::refilter()
+{
+	if ( !filterEdit->text().isEmpty() ) {
+		emit textChanged( filterEdit->text() );
+	}
+}
+
+void KreListView::setCustomFilter( TQObject *receiver, const char *slot )
+{
+	connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString& ) ), receiver, slot );
+}
+
+void KreListView::setListView( DBListViewBase *list_view )
+{
+	delete list;
+
+	connect( list_view, TQ_SIGNAL( nextGroupLoaded() ), TQ_SLOT( refilter() ) );
+	connect( list_view, TQ_SIGNAL( prevGroupLoaded() ), TQ_SLOT( refilter() ) );
+	list = list_view;
+}
+
+#include "krelistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/krelistview.h b/src/widgets/krelistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0884bda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/krelistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KRELISTVIEW_H
+#define KRELISTVIEW_H
+
+#include <tqlabel.h>
+#include <tqvbox.h>
+#include <tdelistview.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+
+class DBListViewBase;
+
+/**
+@author Unai Garro
+*/
+
+class KreListView: public TQVBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+
+	KreListView( TQWidget *parent, const TQString &title = TQString::null, bool filter = false, int filterCol = 0, TQWidget *embeddedWidget = 0 );
+	~KreListView();
+	TDEListView *listView()
+	{
+		return list;
+	}
+
+	void setListView( TDEListView *list_view )
+	{
+		delete list;
+		list = list_view;
+	}
+	void setListView( DBListViewBase *list_view );
+
+	void setCustomFilter( TQObject *receiver, const char *slot );
+	TQString filterText() const { return filterEdit->text(); }
+
+public slots:
+	void refilter();
+
+signals:
+	void textChanged( const TQString & );
+
+private:
+	TQHBox *filterBox;
+	TQLabel *listLabel;
+	int filteredColumn;
+	TQLabel *filterLabel;
+	KLineEdit *filterEdit;
+	TDEListView *list;
+
+private slots:
+	void filter( const TQString& s );
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/kremenu.cpp b/src/widgets/kremenu.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..365fba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kremenu.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*                                                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as publishfed by *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+#include "kremenu.h"
+
+#include <tqbitmap.h>
+#include <tqcursor.h>
+#include <tqfont.h>
+#include <tqimage.h>
+#include <tqobjectlist.h>
+#include <tqpainter.h>
+#include <tqpixmap.h>
+#include <tqsignalmapper.h>
+
+#include <tdeapplication.h>
+#include <kcursor.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <tdeglobalsettings.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kimageeffect.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <kpixmap.h>
+#include <kpixmapeffect.h>
+
+KreMenu::KreMenu( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
+		TQWidget( parent, name, TQt::WNoAutoErase )
+{
+	Menu newMenu;
+
+	mainMenuId = menus.append( newMenu );
+
+	currentMenuId = mainMenuId;
+	m_currentMenu = &( *currentMenuId );
+
+	setMouseTracking( true );
+	setFocusPolicy( TQWidget::StrongFocus );
+	setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Fixed, TQSizePolicy::Preferred );
+}
+
+
+KreMenu::~KreMenu()
+{}
+
+void KreMenu::childEvent ( TQChildEvent *e )
+{
+	if ( e->type() == TQChildEvent::ChildInserted ) {
+
+		TQObject * child = e->child();
+		if ( child->inherits( "KreMenuButton" ) ) {
+			KreMenuButton * button = ( KreMenuButton* ) child;
+
+			Menu *buttonMenu = &( *( button->menuId ) );
+
+
+
+			if ( !( buttonMenu->activeButton ) )   // Highlight the button if it's the first in the menu
+			{
+				button->setActive( true );
+				buttonMenu->activeButton = button;
+			}
+
+			buttonMenu->addButton( button );
+
+			if ( buttonMenu != m_currentMenu )
+				button->hide();
+			else
+				button->show();
+
+			connect ( button, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked( KreMenuButton* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( collectClicks( KreMenuButton* ) ) );
+		}
+	}
+	else if ( e->type() == TQChildEvent::ChildRemoved ) {
+		TQObject * child = e->child();
+
+		KreMenuButton *button = ( KreMenuButton* ) child;
+		if ( m_currentMenu->positionList.find( button ) != m_currentMenu->positionList.end() )  // Ensure that what was removed was a button
+		{
+			// Remove the button from the list first
+			int pos = m_currentMenu->positionList[ button ]; // FIXME: this works only if the button is removed from the main menu
+			m_currentMenu->widgetList.remove( pos ); // FIXME: this works only if the button is removed from the main menu
+			m_currentMenu->positionList.remove( button ); // FIXME: this works only if the button is removed from the main menu
+
+			// Now recalculate the position of the next button
+			( m_currentMenu->widgetNumber ) --; // FIXME: this works only if the button is removed from the main menu
+
+			KreMenuButton *lastButton = m_currentMenu->widgetList[ ( m_currentMenu->widgetNumber ) - 1 ];
+			if ( lastButton )
+				m_currentMenu->childPos = lastButton->y() + lastButton->height();
+			m_currentMenu->activeButton = 0;
+
+			setMinimumWidth( minimumSizeHint().width() + 10 ); //update the minimum width
+		}
+
+	}
+	TQWidget::childEvent( e );
+}
+
+void KreMenu::collectClicks( KreMenuButton *w )
+{
+	setFocus();
+
+	highlightButton( w );
+
+	// Emit signal indicating button activation with button ID
+	KrePanel panel = w->getPanel();
+	emit clicked( panel );
+}
+
+MenuId KreMenu::createSubMenu( const TQString &title, const TQString &icon )
+{
+
+	// Create the new menu
+	Menu newMenu;
+	MenuId id = menus.append( newMenu );
+
+	// Add a button to the main menu for this submenu
+	TDEIconLoader il;
+	KreMenuButton *newMenuButton = new KreMenuButton( this );
+	newMenuButton->subMenuId = id;
+	newMenuButton->setTitle( title );
+	newMenuButton->setIconSet( il.loadIconSet( icon, TDEIcon::Panel ) );
+
+	// Add a button to the submenu to go back to the top menu
+	KreMenuButton *newSubMenuButton = new KreMenuButton( this );
+	newSubMenuButton->menuId = id;
+	newSubMenuButton->subMenuId = mainMenuId;
+	newSubMenuButton->setTitle( i18n( "Up" ) );
+	newSubMenuButton->setIconSet( il.loadIconSet( "1uparrow", TDEIcon::Panel ) );
+
+	connect( newMenuButton, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked( MenuId ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( showMenu( MenuId ) ) );
+	connect( newSubMenuButton, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked( MenuId ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( showMenu( MenuId ) ) );
+
+
+	return id;
+}
+
+void KreMenu::highlightButton( KreMenuButton *button )
+{
+	MenuId buttonMenuId = button->menuId;
+	Menu *buttonMenu = &( *buttonMenuId );
+
+	//Deactivate the old button
+	if ( buttonMenu->activeButton ) {
+		buttonMenu->activeButton->setActive( false );
+		buttonMenu->activeButton->update();
+	}
+
+	//Activate the new button
+
+	button->setActive( true );
+	button->update();
+	buttonMenu->activeButton = button;
+}
+
+void KreMenu::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
+{
+	switch ( e->key() ) {
+	case TQt::Key_Up: {
+			int current_index = m_currentMenu->positionList[ m_currentMenu->activeButton ];
+			if ( current_index > 0 ) {
+				highlightButton( m_currentMenu->widgetList[ current_index - 1 ] );
+
+				//simulate a mouse click
+				TQMouseEvent me( TQEvent::MouseButtonPress, TQPoint(), 0, 0 );
+				TDEApplication::sendEvent( m_currentMenu->activeButton, &me );
+
+				e->accept();
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	case TQt::Key_Down: {
+			int current_index = m_currentMenu->positionList[ m_currentMenu->activeButton ];
+			if ( current_index < int( m_currentMenu->positionList.count() ) - 1 ) {
+				highlightButton( m_currentMenu->widgetList[ current_index + 1 ] );
+
+				//simulate a mouse click
+				TQMouseEvent me( TQEvent::MouseButtonPress, TQPoint(), 0, 0 );
+				TDEApplication::sendEvent( m_currentMenu->activeButton, &me );
+
+				e->accept();
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	case TQt::Key_Enter:
+	case TQt::Key_Return:
+	case TQt::Key_Space: {
+			//simulate a mouse click
+			TQMouseEvent me( TQEvent::MouseButtonPress, TQPoint(), 0, 0 );
+			TDEApplication::sendEvent( m_currentMenu->activeButton, &me );
+
+			e->accept();
+			break;
+		}
+	default:
+		e->ignore();
+	}
+}
+
+TQSize KreMenu::sizeHint() const
+{
+	return minimumSizeHint();
+}
+
+//the minimum size hint will be the minimum size hint of the largest child
+TQSize KreMenu::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+	int width = 30;
+
+	TQObjectList *childElements = queryList( 0, 0, false, false ); //only first-generation children (not recursive)
+	TQObjectListIterator it( *childElements );
+
+	TQObject *obj;
+	while ( ( obj = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+		++it;
+
+		if ( obj->isWidgetType() ) {
+			int obj_width_hint = ( ( TQWidget* ) obj ) ->minimumSizeHint().width();
+
+			if ( obj_width_hint > width )
+				width = obj_width_hint;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return TQSize( width, 150 );
+}
+
+void KreMenu::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+{
+	// Make sure the size is bigger than the minimum necessary
+	//if (minimumWidth() <45) setMinimumWidth(45); // FIXME: can somehow setMinimumWidth be restricted? This may not be the best place to do this
+
+	// Get gradient colors
+	TQColor c = colorGroup().button();
+	TQColor c1 = c.dark( 130 );
+	TQColor c2 = c.light( 120 );
+
+	// Draw the gradient
+	KPixmap kpm;
+	kpm.resize( size() );
+	KPixmapEffect::unbalancedGradient ( kpm, c2, c1, KPixmapEffect::HorizontalGradient, -150, -150 );
+
+	// Draw the handle
+	TQPainter painter( &kpm );
+	painter.setPen( c1 );
+	painter.drawLine( width() - 5, 20, width() - 5, height() - 20 );
+	painter.end();
+
+	//Set the border transparent using a mask
+	TQBitmap mask( kpm.size() );
+	mask.fill( TQt::color0 );
+	painter.begin( &mask );
+	painter.setPen( TQt::color1 );
+	painter.setBrush( TQt::color1 );
+	painter.drawRoundRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), ( int ) ( 2.0 / width() * height() ), 2 );
+	painter.end();
+	kpm.setMask( mask );
+
+	//Draw the border line
+	painter.begin( &kpm );
+	painter.setPen( c1 );
+	painter.drawRoundRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), ( int ) ( 2.0 / width() * height() ), 2 );
+
+	//Draw the top line bordering with the first button
+	if ( m_currentMenu->activeButton )  // draw only if there's a button
+	{
+		int w = m_currentMenu->activeButton->width();
+		painter.setPen( c1 );
+		painter.drawLine( w / 5, 8, w - 1, 8 );
+		painter.setPen( c2 );
+		painter.drawLine( w / 5, 9, w - 1, 9 );
+	}
+
+	painter.end();
+
+	// Copy the pixmap to the widget
+	bitBlt( this, 0, 0, &kpm );
+}
+
+void KreMenu::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* e )
+{
+	emit resized( ( e->size() ).width(), ( e->size() ).height() );
+}
+
+void KreMenu::showMenu( MenuId id )
+{
+
+	// Hide the buttons in the current menu
+	// and show the ones in the new menu
+
+	TQObjectList * childElements = queryList();
+	TQObjectListIterator it( *childElements );
+
+	TQObject *obj;
+	while ( ( obj = it.current() ) != 0 ) {
+		++it;
+		if ( obj->inherits( "KreMenuButton" ) ) {
+			KreMenuButton * button = ( KreMenuButton* ) obj;
+			if ( button->menuId == currentMenuId )
+				button->hide();
+			else if ( button->menuId == id )
+				button->show();
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	// Set the new menu as current
+	currentMenuId = id;
+	m_currentMenu = &( *( currentMenuId ) );
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+KreMenuButton::KreMenuButton( KreMenu *parent, KrePanel _panel, MenuId id, const char *name ) :
+		TQWidget( parent, name, TQt::WNoAutoErase ),
+		panel( _panel )
+{
+	icon = 0;
+	highlighted = false;
+	text = TQString::null;
+
+	if ( id == 0 )
+		menuId = parent->mainMenu();
+	else
+		menuId = id;
+
+	subMenuId = 0; // By default it's not a submenu button
+
+	resize( parent->size().width(), 55 );
+	connect ( parent, TQ_SIGNAL( resized( int, int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( rescale() ) );
+	connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, TQ_SLOT( forwardClicks() ) );
+	setCursor( TQCursor( KCursor::handCursor() ) );
+}
+
+
+KreMenuButton::~KreMenuButton()
+{
+	delete icon;
+}
+
+void KreMenuButton::setTitle( const TQString &s )
+{
+	text = s;
+
+#if 0 //this causes problems for the button to go back to editing a recipe
+	//adjust text to two lines if needed
+	if ( fontMetrics().width( text ) > 110 ) {
+		text.replace( ' ', "\n" );
+	}
+#endif
+
+	setMinimumWidth( minimumSizeHint().width() );
+	if ( parentWidget() ->minimumWidth() < minimumSizeHint().width() )
+		parentWidget() ->setMinimumWidth( minimumSizeHint().width() + 10 );
+
+	update();
+}
+
+void KreMenuButton::mousePressEvent ( TQMouseEvent * )
+{
+	emit clicked();
+}
+
+void KreMenuButton::rescale()
+{
+	resize( parentWidget() ->width() - 10, height() );
+}
+TQSize KreMenuButton::sizeHint() const
+{
+	if ( parentWidget() )
+		return ( TQSize( parentWidget() ->size().width() - 10, 40 ) );
+	else
+		return TQSize( 100, 30 );
+}
+
+TQSize KreMenuButton::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+	int text_width = TQMAX( fontMetrics().width( text.section( '\n', 0, 0 ) ), fontMetrics().width( text.section( '\n', 1, 1 ) ) );
+
+	if ( icon )
+		return TQSize( 40 + icon->width() + text_width, 30 );
+	else
+		return TQSize( 40 + text_width, 30 );
+}
+
+void KreMenuButton::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+{
+	if ( !isShown() )
+		return ;
+	// First draw the gradient
+	int darken = 130, lighten = 120;
+	TQColor c1, c2, c1h, c2h; //non-highlighted and highlighted versions
+
+	// Set the gradient colors
+
+	c1 = colorGroup().button().dark( darken );
+	c2 = colorGroup().button().light( lighten );
+
+	if ( highlighted ) {
+		darken -= 10;
+		lighten += 10;
+		c1h = TDEGlobalSettings::highlightColor().dark( darken );
+		c2h = TDEGlobalSettings::highlightColor().light( lighten );
+	}
+
+	// draw the gradient now
+
+	TQPainter painter;
+	KPixmap kpm;
+	kpm.resize( ( ( TQWidget * ) parent() ) ->size() ); // use parent's same size to obtain the same gradient
+
+	if ( !highlighted ) {
+
+		// first the gradient
+		KPixmapEffect::unbalancedGradient ( kpm, c2, c1, KPixmapEffect::HorizontalGradient, -150, -150 );
+
+	}
+	else {
+
+		// top gradient (highlighted)
+		kpm.resize( width(), height() );
+		KPixmapEffect::unbalancedGradient ( kpm, c2h, c1h, KPixmapEffect::HorizontalGradient, -150, -150 );
+		// low gradient besides the line (not hightlighted)
+		KPixmap kpmb;
+		kpmb.resize( width(), 2 );
+		KPixmapEffect::unbalancedGradient ( kpmb, c2, c1, KPixmapEffect::HorizontalGradient, -150, -150 );
+		// mix the two
+		bitBlt( &kpm, 0, height() - 2, &kpmb );
+
+	}
+
+	// Draw the line
+	painter.begin( &kpm );
+	painter.setPen( colorGroup().button().dark( darken ) );
+	painter.drawLine( width() / 5, height() - 2, width() - 1, height() - 2 );
+	painter.setPen( colorGroup().button().light( lighten ) );
+	painter.drawLine( width() / 5, height() - 1, width() - 1, height() - 1 );
+	painter.end();
+
+
+	// Now Add the icon
+
+	painter.begin( &kpm );
+	int xPos, yPos;
+	if ( icon ) {
+		// Set the icon's desired horizontal position
+
+		xPos = 10;
+		yPos = 0;
+
+
+		// Make sure it fits in the area
+		// If not, resize and reposition horizontally to be centered
+
+		TQPixmap scaledIcon = *icon;
+
+		if ( ( icon->height() > height() ) || ( icon->width() > width() / 3 ) )  // Nice effect, make sure you take less than half in width and fit in height (try making the menu very short in width)
+		{
+			TQImage image;
+			image = ( *icon );
+			scaledIcon.convertFromImage( image.smoothScale( width() / 3, height(), TQImage::ScaleMin ) );
+		}
+
+		// Calculate the icon's vertical position
+
+		yPos = ( height() - scaledIcon.height() ) / 2 - 1;
+
+
+		// Now draw it
+
+		painter.drawPixmap( xPos, yPos, scaledIcon );
+
+		xPos += scaledIcon.width(); // increase it to place the text area correctly
+	}
+
+	painter.end();
+
+	// If it's highlighted, draw a rounded area around the text
+
+	// Calculate the rounded area
+
+	int areax = xPos + 10;
+	int areah = fontMetrics().height() * ( text.contains( '\n' ) + 1 ) + fontMetrics().lineSpacing() * text.contains( '\n' ) + 6; // Make sure the area is sensible for text and adjust for multiple lines
+
+	int areaw = width() - areax - 10;
+
+	if ( areah > ( height() - 4 ) ) {
+		areah = height() - 4; // Limit to button height
+	}
+
+	int areay = ( height() - areah - 2 ) / 2 + 1; // Center the area vertically
+
+
+	// Calculate roundness
+
+	int roundy = 99, roundx = ( int ) ( ( float ) roundy * areah / areaw ); //Make corners round
+
+
+	if ( highlighted && areaw > 0 )  // If there is no space for the text area do not draw it
+	{
+
+		// Draw the gradient
+		KPixmap area;
+		area.resize( areaw, areah );
+
+
+		KPixmapEffect::gradient( area, c2h.light( 150 ), c1h.light( 150 ), KPixmapEffect::VerticalGradient );
+
+		painter.begin( &area );
+		painter.setPen( c1h );
+		painter.setBrush( TQt::NoBrush );
+		painter.drawRoundRect( 0, 0, areaw, areah, roundx, roundy );
+		painter.end();
+
+		// Make it round
+		TQBitmap mask( TQSize( areaw, areah ) );
+		mask.fill( TQt::color0 );
+		painter.begin( &mask );
+		painter.setPen( TQt::color1 );
+		painter.setBrush( TQt::color1 );
+		painter.drawRoundRect( 0, 0, areaw, areah, roundx, roundy );
+		painter.end();
+		area.setMask( mask );
+
+		// Copy it to the button
+		bitBlt( &kpm, areax, areay, &area );
+	}
+
+	// Finally, draw the text besides the icon
+	TQRect r = rect();
+	r.setLeft( areax + 5 );
+	r.setWidth( areaw - 10 );
+
+	painter.begin( &kpm );
+	if ( highlighted )
+		painter.setPen( TDEGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor() );
+	else
+		painter.setPen( TDEGlobalSettings::textColor() );
+	painter.setClipRect( r );
+	painter.drawText( r, TQt::AlignVCenter, text );
+	painter.end();
+
+	// Copy the offscreen button to the widget
+	bitBlt( this, 0, 0, &kpm, 0, 0, width(), height() ); // Copy the image with correct button size (button is already smaller than parent in width to leave space for the handle, so no need to use -10)
+
+}
+
+void KreMenuButton::setIconSet( const TQIconSet &is )
+{
+	delete icon;
+
+	icon = new TQPixmap( is.pixmap( TQIconSet::Small, TQIconSet::Normal, TQIconSet::On ) );
+
+	setMinimumWidth( minimumSizeHint().width() );
+	if ( parentWidget() ->minimumWidth() < minimumSizeHint().width() )
+		parentWidget() ->setMinimumWidth( minimumSizeHint().width() + 10 );
+}
+
+Menu::Menu( void )
+{
+	childPos = 10; // Initial button is on top (10px), then keep scrolling down
+	widgetNumber = 0; // Initially we have no buttons
+	activeButton = 0; // Button that is highlighted
+}
+
+
+Menu::Menu( const Menu &m )
+{
+	activeButton = m.activeButton;
+	childPos = m.childPos;
+	widgetNumber = m.widgetNumber;
+
+	copyMap( positionList, m.positionList );
+	copyMap( widgetList, m.widgetList );
+}
+
+Menu::~Menu( void )
+{}
+
+Menu& Menu::operator=( const Menu &m )
+{
+
+	activeButton = m.activeButton;
+	childPos = m.childPos;
+	widgetNumber = m.widgetNumber;
+
+	copyMap( positionList, m.positionList );
+	copyMap( widgetList, m.widgetList );
+
+	return *this;
+}
+
+
+void Menu::addButton( KreMenuButton* button )
+{
+	button->move( 0, childPos );
+	button->rescale();
+	childPos += button->height();
+	positionList[ button ] = widgetNumber; // Store index for this widget, and increment number
+	widgetList[ widgetNumber ] = button; // Store the button in the list (the inverse mapping of the previous one)
+	widgetNumber++;
+}
+
+void Menu::copyMap( TQMap <int, KreMenuButton*> &destMap, const TQMap <int, KreMenuButton*> &origMap )
+{
+	TQMap<int, KreMenuButton*>::ConstIterator it;
+	destMap.clear();
+	for ( it = origMap.begin(); it != origMap.end(); ++it ) {
+		destMap[ it.key() ] = it.data();
+	}
+}
+
+void Menu::copyMap( TQMap <KreMenuButton*, int> &destMap, const TQMap <KreMenuButton*, int> &origMap )
+{
+	TQMap<KreMenuButton*, int>::ConstIterator it;
+	destMap.clear();
+	for ( it = origMap.begin(); it != origMap.end(); ++it ) {
+		destMap[ it.key() ] = it.data();
+	}
+}
+
+#include "kremenu.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/kremenu.h b/src/widgets/kremenu.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b02632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kremenu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by                                                 *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KREMENU_H
+#define KREMENU_H
+
+#include <tqbuttongroup.h>
+#include <tqevent.h>
+#include <tqiconset.h>
+#include <tqmap.h>
+#include <tqpushbutton.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
+
+#include "krecipesview.h" //for KrePanel enum
+
+
+/**
+* @author Unai Garro
+* @author Bosselut Cyril
+*/
+
+class Menu;
+class KreMenu;
+class KreMenuButton;
+typedef TQValueList <Menu>::Iterator MenuId;
+
+
+class Menu
+{
+public:
+	// Methods
+
+	Menu( void );
+	Menu( const Menu &m );
+	~Menu( void );
+	void addButton( KreMenuButton *button );
+	Menu& operator=( const Menu &m );
+
+	// Variables
+
+	TQMap <KreMenuButton*, int> positionList; // Stores the indexes for the widgets
+	TQMap <int, KreMenuButton*> widgetList; // Stores the widgets for each position (just the inverse mapping)
+	KreMenuButton* activeButton; // Indicates which button is highlighted
+	int childPos;
+	int widgetNumber;
+private:
+	// Methods
+	void copyMap( TQMap <int, KreMenuButton*> &destMap, const TQMap <int, KreMenuButton*> &origMap );
+	void copyMap( TQMap <KreMenuButton*, int> &destMap, const TQMap <KreMenuButton*, int> &origMap );
+};
+
+
+class KreMenu : public TQWidget
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+	KreMenu( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+	~KreMenu();
+
+	MenuId createSubMenu( const TQString &title, const TQString &icon );
+	MenuId mainMenu( void )
+	{
+		return mainMenuId;
+	}
+	MenuId currentMenu( void )
+	{
+		return currentMenuId;
+	}
+	TQSize sizeHint() const;
+	TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+	void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* e );
+	void highlightButton( KreMenuButton *button );
+
+
+protected:
+
+	virtual void paintEvent ( TQPaintEvent *e );
+	virtual void childEvent ( TQChildEvent *e );
+	virtual void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
+
+private:
+	//Variables
+	TQValueList <Menu> menus;
+	MenuId mainMenuId;
+	MenuId currentMenuId;
+	Menu *m_currentMenu;
+
+signals:
+	void resized( int, int );
+	void clicked( KrePanel );
+
+private slots:
+	void collectClicks( KreMenuButton *w );
+	void showMenu( MenuId id );
+
+};
+
+class KreMenuButton: public TQWidget
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+	KreMenuButton( KreMenu *parent, KrePanel panel = KrePanel( -1 ), MenuId id = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+	~KreMenuButton();
+
+	TQSize sizeHint() const;
+	TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+
+	TQString title( void )
+	{
+		return text;
+	}
+	void setActive( bool active = true )
+	{
+		highlighted = active;
+	}
+	void setIconSet( const TQIconSet &is );
+	MenuId menuId;
+	MenuId subMenuId;
+
+	KrePanel getPanel() const
+	{
+		return panel;
+	}
+
+signals:
+	void resized( int, int );
+	void clicked( void );
+	void clicked( KreMenuButton* ); // sent together with clicked()
+	void clicked( MenuId ); // sent together with clicked()
+
+public slots:
+	void setTitle( const TQString &s );
+	void rescale( void );
+
+private:
+	// Button parts
+	TQPixmap* icon;
+	TQString text;
+	bool highlighted;
+
+	KrePanel panel;
+
+private slots:
+
+	void forwardClicks( void )
+	{
+		emit clicked( this );
+		if ( subMenuId != 0 )
+			emit clicked( subMenuId );
+	}
+
+protected:
+
+	virtual void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent *e );
+	virtual void mousePressEvent ( TQMouseEvent * e );
+
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/kreruler.cpp b/src/widgets/kreruler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..448a375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kreruler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1049 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE project
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Jason Kivlighn <jkivlighn@gmail.com>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+// Description: Ruler (header)
+
+/******************************************************************/
+
+#include "kreruler.h"
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeglobalsettings.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tqcursor.h>
+#include <tqpainter.h>
+#include <tqpopupmenu.h>
+#include <tqtooltip.h>
+
+#include "krepagelayout.h"
+
+class KoRulerPrivate {
+public:
+    KoRulerPrivate() {
+    }
+    ~KoRulerPrivate() {}
+
+    TQWidget *canvas;
+    int flags;
+    int oldMx, oldMy;
+    bool whileMovingBorderLeft, whileMovingBorderRight;
+    bool whileMovingBorderTop, whileMovingBorderBottom;
+    TQPixmap pmFirst, pmLeft;
+    KoPageLayout layout;
+    KoTabulatorList tabList;
+    // Do we have to remove a certain tab in the DC Event?
+    KoTabulator removeTab;
+    // The tab we're moving / clicking on - basically only valid between press and release time
+    KoTabulator currTab;
+    // The action we're currently doing - basically only valid between press and release time
+    KoRuler::Action action;
+    TQPopupMenu *rb_menu;
+    int mRemoveTab, mPageLayout; // menu item ids
+    int frameEnd;
+    double i_right;
+    bool m_bReadWrite;
+    bool doubleClickedIndent;
+    bool rtl;
+    bool mousePressed;
+};
+
+// Equality test for tab positions in particular
+static inline bool equals( double a, double b )  {
+    return kAbs( a - b ) < 1E-4;
+}
+
+
+/******************************************************************/
+/* Class: KoRuler                                                 */
+/******************************************************************/
+
+const int KoRuler::F_TABS = 1;
+const int KoRuler::F_INDENTS = 2;
+const int KoRuler::F_HELPLINES = 4;
+const int KoRuler::F_NORESIZE = 8;
+
+/*================================================================*/
+KoRuler::KoRuler( TQWidget *_parent, TQWidget *_canvas, Orientation _orientation,
+                 const KoPageLayout& _layout, int _flags, KoUnit::Unit _unit )
+    : TQFrame( _parent ), buffer( width(), height() ), m_zoom(1.0), m_1_zoom(1.0),
+      m_unit( _unit )
+{
+    setWFlags( WResizeNoErase | WRepaintNoErase );
+    setFrameStyle( MenuBarPanel );
+
+    d=new KoRulerPrivate();
+
+    d->canvas = _canvas;
+    orientation = _orientation;
+    d->layout = _layout;
+    d->flags = _flags;
+
+    d->m_bReadWrite=true;
+    d->doubleClickedIndent=false;
+    diffx = 0;
+    diffy = 0;
+    i_left=0.0;
+    i_first=0.0;
+    d->i_right=0.0;
+
+    setMouseTracking( true );
+    d->mousePressed = false;
+    d->action = A_NONE;
+
+    d->oldMx = 0;
+    d->oldMy = 0;
+    d->rtl = false;
+
+    showMPos = false;
+    mposX = 0;
+    mposY = 0;
+    gridSize=0.0;
+    hasToDelete = false;
+    d->whileMovingBorderLeft = d->whileMovingBorderRight = d->whileMovingBorderTop = d->whileMovingBorderBottom = false;
+
+    d->pmFirst = UserIcon( "koRulerFirst" );
+    d->pmLeft = UserIcon( "koRulerLeft" );
+    d->currTab.type = T_INVALID;
+
+    d->removeTab.type = T_INVALID;
+    if ( orientation == TQt::Horizontal ) {
+        frameStart = tqRound( zoomIt(d->layout.ptLeft) );
+        d->frameEnd = tqRound( zoomIt(d->layout.ptWidth - d->layout.ptRight) );
+    } else {
+        frameStart = tqRound( zoomIt(d->layout.ptTop) );
+        d->frameEnd = tqRound( zoomIt(d->layout.ptHeight - d->layout.ptBottom) );
+    }
+    m_bFrameStartSet = false;
+
+    setupMenu();
+
+    // For compatibility, emitting doubleClicked shall emit openPageLayoutDia
+    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked() ), this, TQ_SIGNAL( openPageLayoutDia() ) );
+}
+
+/*================================================================*/
+KoRuler::~KoRuler()
+{
+    delete d->rb_menu;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setPageLayoutMenuItemEnabled(bool b)
+{
+    d->rb_menu->setItemEnabled(d->mPageLayout, b);
+}
+
+/*================================================================*/
+void KoRuler::setMousePos( int mx, int my )
+{
+    if ( !showMPos || ( mx == mposX && my == mposY ) ) return;
+
+    TQPainter p( this );
+    p.setRasterOp( TQt::NotROP );
+
+    if ( orientation == TQt::Horizontal ) {
+        if ( hasToDelete )
+            p.drawLine( mposX, 1, mposX, height() - 1 );
+        p.drawLine( mx, 1, mx, height() - 1 );
+        hasToDelete = true;
+    }
+    else {
+        if ( hasToDelete )
+            p.drawLine( 1, mposY, width() - 1, mposY );
+        p.drawLine( 1, my, width() - 1, my );
+        hasToDelete = true;
+    }
+    p.end();
+
+    mposX = mx;
+    mposY = my;
+}
+
+// distance between the main lines (those with a number)
+double KoRuler::lineDistance() const
+{
+    switch( m_unit ) {
+    case KoUnit::U_INCH:
+        return INCH_TO_POINT( m_zoom ); // every inch
+    case KoUnit::U_PT:
+        return 100.0 * m_zoom; // every 100 pt
+    case KoUnit::U_MM:
+    case KoUnit::U_CM:
+    case KoUnit::U_DM:
+        return CM_TO_POINT ( m_zoom ); // every cm
+    case KoUnit::U_PI:
+        return PI_TO_POINT ( 10.0 * m_zoom ); // every 10 pica
+    case KoUnit::U_DD:
+        return DD_TO_POINT( m_zoom ); // every diderot
+    case KoUnit::U_CC:
+        return CC_TO_POINT( 10.0 * m_zoom ); // every 10 cicero
+    }
+    // should never end up here
+    return 100.0 * m_zoom;
+}
+
+/*================================================================*/
+void KoRuler::drawHorizontal( TQPainter *_painter )
+{
+    TQFont font = TDEGlobalSettings::toolBarFont();
+    TQFontMetrics fm( font );
+    resize( width(), TQMAX( fm.height() + 4, 20 ) );
+
+    // Use a double-buffer pixmap
+    TQPainter p( &buffer );
+    p.fillRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), TQBrush( colorGroup().brush( TQColorGroup::Background ) ) );
+
+    int totalw = tqRound( zoomIt(d->layout.ptWidth) );
+    TQString str;
+
+    p.setBrush( colorGroup().brush( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
+
+    // Draw white rect
+    TQRect r;
+    if ( !d->whileMovingBorderLeft )
+        r.setLeft( -diffx + frameStart );
+    else
+        r.setLeft( d->oldMx );
+    r.setTop( 0 );
+    if ( !d->whileMovingBorderRight )
+        r.setWidth(d->frameEnd-frameStart);
+    else
+        r.setRight( d->oldMx );
+    r.setBottom( height() );
+
+    p.drawRect( r );
+    p.setFont( font );
+
+    // Draw the numbers
+    double dist = lineDistance();
+    int maxwidth = 0;
+
+    for ( double i = 0.0;i <= (double)totalw;i += dist ) {
+        str = TQString::number( KoUnit::toUserValue( i / m_zoom, m_unit ) );
+        int textwidth = fm.width( str );
+        maxwidth = TQMAX( maxwidth, textwidth );
+    }
+
+    // Make sure that the ruler stays readable at lower zoom levels
+    while( dist <= maxwidth ) {
+        dist += lineDistance();
+    }
+
+    for ( double i = 0.0;i <= (double)totalw;i += dist ) {
+        str = TQString::number( KoUnit::toUserValue( i / m_zoom, m_unit ) );
+        int textwidth = fm.width( str );
+        maxwidth = TQMAX( maxwidth, textwidth );
+        p.drawText( tqRound(i) - diffx - tqRound(textwidth * 0.5),
+                    tqRound(( height() - fm.height() ) * 0.5),
+                    textwidth, height(), AlignLeft | AlignTop, str );
+    }
+
+    // Draw the medium-sized lines
+    // Only if we have enough space (i.e. not at 33%)
+    if ( dist > maxwidth + 2 )
+    {
+        for ( double i = dist * 0.5;i <= (double)totalw;i += dist ) {
+            int ii=tqRound(i);
+            p.drawLine( ii - diffx, 7, ii - diffx, height() - 7 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Draw the small lines
+    // Only if we have enough space (i.e. not at 33%)
+    if ( dist * 0.5 > maxwidth + 2 )
+    {
+        for ( double i = dist * 0.25;i <= (double)totalw;i += dist * 0.5 ) {
+            int ii=tqRound(i);
+            p.drawLine( ii - diffx, 9, ii - diffx, height() - 9 );
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Draw ending bar (at page width)
+    //int constant=zoomIt(1);
+    //p.drawLine( totalw - diffx + constant, 1, totalw - diffx + constant, height() - 1 );
+    //p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
+    //p.drawLine( totalw - diffx, 1, totalw - diffx, height() - 1 );
+
+    // Draw starting bar (at 0)
+    //p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
+    //p.drawLine( -diffx, 1, -diffx, height() - 1 );
+    //p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
+    //p.drawLine( -diffx - constant, 1, -diffx - constant, height() - 1 );
+
+    // Show the mouse position
+    if ( d->action == A_NONE && showMPos ) {
+        p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
+        p.drawLine( mposX, 1, mposX, height() - 1 );
+    }
+    hasToDelete = false;
+
+    p.end();
+    _painter->drawPixmap( 0, 0, buffer );
+}
+
+
+/*================================================================*/
+void KoRuler::drawVertical( TQPainter *_painter )
+{
+    TQFont font = TDEGlobalSettings::toolBarFont();
+    TQFontMetrics fm( font );
+    resize( TQMAX( fm.height() + 4, 20 ), height() );
+
+    TQPainter p( &buffer );
+    p.fillRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), TQBrush( colorGroup().brush( TQColorGroup::Background ) ) );
+
+    int totalh = tqRound( zoomIt(d->layout.ptHeight) );
+    // Clip rect - this gives basically always a rect like (2,2,width-2,height-2)
+    TQRect paintRect = _painter->clipRegion( TQPainter::CoordPainter ).boundingRect();
+    // Ruler rect
+    TQRect rulerRect( 0, -diffy, width(), totalh );
+
+    if ( paintRect.intersects( rulerRect ) )  {
+        TQString str;
+
+        p.setBrush( colorGroup().brush( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
+
+        // Draw white rect
+        TQRect r;
+        if ( !d->whileMovingBorderTop )
+            r.setTop( -diffy + frameStart );
+        else
+            r.setTop( d->oldMy );
+        r.setLeft( 0 );
+        if ( !d->whileMovingBorderBottom )
+            r.setHeight(d->frameEnd-frameStart);
+        else
+            r.setBottom( d->oldMy );
+        r.setRight( width() );
+
+        p.drawRect( r );
+        p.setFont( font );
+
+        // Draw the numbers
+        double dist = lineDistance();
+        int maxheight = 0;
+
+        for ( double i = 0.0;i <= (double)totalh;i += dist ) {
+            str = TQString::number( KoUnit::toUserValue( i / m_zoom, m_unit ) );
+            int textwidth = fm.width( str );
+            maxheight = TQMAX( maxheight, textwidth );
+        }
+
+        // Make sure that the ruler stays readable at lower zoom levels
+        while( dist <= maxheight ) {
+            dist += lineDistance();
+        }
+
+        for ( double i = 0.0;i <= (double)totalh;i += dist ) {
+            str = TQString::number( KoUnit::toUserValue( i / m_zoom, m_unit ) );
+            int textheight = fm.height();
+            int textwidth = fm.width( str );
+            maxheight = TQMAX( maxheight, textwidth );
+            p.save();
+            p.translate( tqRound(( width() - textheight ) * 0.5),
+                         tqRound(i) - diffy + tqRound(textwidth * 0.5) );
+            p.rotate( -90 );
+            p.drawText( 0, 0, textwidth + 1, textheight, AlignLeft | AlignTop, str );
+            p.restore();
+        }
+
+        // Draw the medium-sized lines
+        if ( dist > maxheight + 2 )
+        {
+            for ( double i = dist * 0.5;i <= (double)totalh;i += dist ) {
+                int ii=tqRound(i);
+                p.drawLine( 7, ii - diffy, width() - 7, ii - diffy );
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Draw the small lines
+        if ( dist * 0.5 > maxheight + 2 )
+        {
+            for ( double i = dist * 0.25;i <=(double)totalh;i += dist *0.5 ) {
+                int ii=tqRound(i);
+                p.drawLine( 9, ii - diffy, width() - 9, ii - diffy );
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Draw ending bar (at page height)
+        //p.drawLine( 1, totalh - diffy + 1, width() - 1, totalh - diffy + 1 );
+        //p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
+        //p.drawLine( 1, totalh - diffy, width() - 1, totalh - diffy );
+
+        // Draw starting bar (at 0)
+        //p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
+        //p.drawLine( 1, -diffy, width() - 1, -diffy );
+        //p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Base ) );
+        //p.drawLine( 1, -diffy - 1, width() - 1, -diffy - 1 );
+    }
+
+    // Show the mouse position
+    if ( d->action == A_NONE && showMPos ) {
+        p.setPen( colorGroup().color( TQColorGroup::Text ) );
+        p.drawLine( 1, mposY, width() - 1, mposY );
+    }
+    hasToDelete = false;
+
+    p.end();
+    _painter->drawPixmap( 0, 0, buffer );
+}
+
+void KoRuler::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    if( !d->m_bReadWrite)
+        return;
+
+    d->oldMx = e->x();
+    d->oldMy = e->y();
+    d->mousePressed = true;
+    d->removeTab.type = T_INVALID;
+
+    switch ( e->button() ) {
+    case RightButton:
+        if(d->currTab.type == T_INVALID || !(d->flags & F_TABS))
+            d->rb_menu->setItemEnabled(d->mRemoveTab, false);
+        else
+            d->rb_menu->setItemEnabled(d->mRemoveTab, true);
+        d->rb_menu->popup( TQCursor::pos() );
+        d->action = A_NONE;
+        d->mousePressed = false;
+        return;
+    case MidButton:
+        // MMB shall do like double-click (it opens a dialog).
+        handleDoubleClick();
+        return;
+    case LeftButton:
+        if ( d->action == A_BR_RIGHT || d->action == A_BR_LEFT ) {
+            if ( d->action == A_BR_RIGHT )
+                d->whileMovingBorderRight = true;
+            else
+                d->whileMovingBorderLeft = true;
+
+            if ( d->canvas )
+                drawLine(d->oldMx, -1);
+            update();
+        } else if ( d->action == A_BR_TOP || d->action == A_BR_BOTTOM ) {
+            if ( d->action == A_BR_TOP )
+                d->whileMovingBorderTop = true;
+            else
+                d->whileMovingBorderBottom = true;
+
+            if ( d->canvas ) {
+                TQPainter p( d->canvas );
+                p.setRasterOp( TQt::NotROP );
+                p.drawLine( 0, d->oldMy, d->canvas->width(), d->oldMy );
+                p.end();
+            }
+            update();
+        } else if ( d->action == A_FIRST_INDENT || d->action == A_LEFT_INDENT || d->action == A_RIGHT_INDENT ) {
+            if ( d->canvas )
+                drawLine(d->oldMx, -1);
+        } else if ( d->action == A_TAB ) {
+            if ( d->canvas && d->currTab.type != T_INVALID ) {
+                drawLine( tqRound( applyRtlAndZoom(d->currTab.ptPos) ) + frameStart - diffx, -1 );
+            }
+        }
+        else if ( d->flags & F_HELPLINES )
+        {
+	    setCursor( orientation == TQt::Horizontal ?
+		       TQt::sizeVerCursor : TQt::sizeHorCursor );
+            d->action = A_HELPLINES;
+        }
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+void KoRuler::mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    d->mousePressed = false;
+
+    // Hacky, but necessary to prevent multiple tabs with the same coordinates (Werner)
+    bool fakeMovement=false;
+    if(d->removeTab.type != T_INVALID) {
+        mouseMoveEvent(e);
+        fakeMovement=true;
+    }
+
+    if ( d->action == A_BR_RIGHT || d->action == A_BR_LEFT ) {
+        d->whileMovingBorderRight = false;
+        d->whileMovingBorderLeft = false;
+
+        if ( d->canvas )
+            drawLine(d->oldMx, -1);
+        update();
+        emit newPageLayout( d->layout );
+    } else if ( d->action == A_BR_TOP || d->action == A_BR_BOTTOM ) {
+        d->whileMovingBorderTop = false;
+        d->whileMovingBorderBottom = false;
+
+        if ( d->canvas ) {
+            TQPainter p( d->canvas );
+            p.setRasterOp( TQt::NotROP );
+            p.drawLine( 0, d->oldMy, d->canvas->width(), d->oldMy );
+            p.end();
+        }
+        update();
+        emit newPageLayout( d->layout );
+    } else if ( d->action == A_FIRST_INDENT ) {
+        if ( d->canvas )
+            drawLine(d->oldMx, -1);
+        update();
+        emit newFirstIndent( i_first );
+    } else if ( d->action == A_LEFT_INDENT ) {
+        if ( d->canvas )
+            drawLine(d->oldMx, -1);
+        update();
+        emit newLeftIndent( i_left );
+    } else if ( d->action == A_RIGHT_INDENT ) {
+        if ( d->canvas )
+            drawLine(d->oldMx, -1);
+        update();
+        emit newRightIndent( d->i_right );
+    } else if ( d->action == A_TAB ) {
+        if ( d->canvas && !fakeMovement ) {
+            drawLine( tqRound( applyRtlAndZoom( d->currTab.ptPos ) ) + frameStart - diffx, -1);
+        }
+        if ( willRemoveTab( e->y() ) )
+        {
+            d->tabList.remove(d->currTab);
+        }
+        qHeapSort( d->tabList );
+
+        // Delete the new tabulator if it is placed on top of another.
+        KoTabulatorList::ConstIterator tmpTab=d->tabList.begin();
+        int count=0;
+        while(tmpTab!=d->tabList.end()) {
+            if( equals( (*tmpTab).ptPos, d->currTab.ptPos ) ) {
+                count++;
+                if(count > 1) {
+                    d->tabList.remove(d->currTab);
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            tmpTab++;
+        }
+        //searchTab( e->x() ); // DF: why set currTab here?
+        emit tabListChanged( d->tabList );
+        update();
+    }
+    else if( d->action == A_HELPLINES )
+    {
+        emit addHelpline( e->pos(), orientation == TQt::Horizontal);
+        setCursor( ArrowCursor );
+    }
+    d->currTab.type = T_INVALID; // added (DF)
+}
+
+void KoRuler::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    hasToDelete = false;
+
+    int pw = d->frameEnd - frameStart;
+    int ph = tqRound(zoomIt(d->layout.ptHeight));
+    int left = frameStart - diffx;
+    int top = tqRound(zoomIt(d->layout.ptTop));
+    top -= diffy;
+    int right = d->frameEnd - diffx;
+    int bottom = tqRound(zoomIt(d->layout.ptBottom));
+    bottom = ph - bottom - diffy;
+    // Cumulate first-line-indent
+    int ip_first = tqRound( zoomIt( i_first + ( d->rtl ? d->i_right : i_left) ) );
+    int ip_left = tqRound(zoomIt(i_left));
+    int ip_right = tqRound(zoomIt(d->i_right));
+
+    int mx = e->x();
+    mx = mx+diffx < 0 ? 0 : mx;
+    int my = e->y();
+    my = my+diffy < 0 ? 0 : my;
+
+    TQToolTip::remove( this);
+    switch ( orientation ) {
+        case TQt::Horizontal: {
+            if ( !d->mousePressed ) {
+                setCursor( ArrowCursor );
+                d->action = A_NONE;
+                /////// ######
+                // At the moment, moving the left and right border indicators
+                // is disabled when setFrameStartEnd has been called (i.e. in KWord)
+                // Changing the layout margins directly from it would be utterly wrong
+                // (just try the 2-columns modes...). What needs to be done is:
+                // emitting a signal frameResized in mouseReleaseEvent, when a left/right
+                // border has been moved, and in kword we need to update the margins from
+                // there, if the left border of the 1st column or the right border of the
+                // last column was moved... and find what to do with the other borders.
+                // And for normal frames, resize the frame without touching the page layout.
+                // All that is too much for now -> disabling.
+                if ( !m_bFrameStartSet )
+                {
+                    if ( mx > left - 5 && mx < left + 5 ) {
+                        setCursor( TQt::sizeHorCursor );
+                        d->action = A_BR_LEFT;
+                    } else if ( mx > right - 5 && mx < right + 5 ) {
+                        setCursor( TQt::sizeHorCursor );
+                        d->action = A_BR_RIGHT;
+                    }
+                }
+                if ( d->flags & F_TABS )
+                    searchTab(mx);
+            } else {
+                // Calculate the new value.
+                int newPos=mx;
+                if( newPos!=right && gridSize!=0.0 && (e->state() & ShiftButton)==0) { // apply grid.
+                    double grid=zoomIt(gridSize * 16);
+                    newPos=tqRound( ((newPos * 16 / grid) * grid) / 16 );
+                }
+                if(newPos-left < 0) newPos=left;
+                else if (right-newPos < 0) newPos=right;
+                double newValue = unZoomIt(static_cast<double>(newPos) - frameStart + diffx);
+
+                switch ( d->action ) {
+                    case A_BR_LEFT: {
+                        if ( d->canvas && mx < right-10 && mx+diffx-2 > 0) {
+                            drawLine( d->oldMx, mx );
+                            d->layout.ptLeft = unZoomIt(static_cast<double>(mx + diffx));
+                            if( ip_left > right-left-15 ) {
+                                ip_left=right-left-15;
+                                ip_left=ip_left<0 ? 0 : ip_left;
+                                i_left=unZoomIt( ip_left );
+                                emit newLeftIndent( i_left );
+                            }
+                            if ( ip_right > right-left-15 ) {
+                                ip_right=right-left-15;
+                                ip_right=ip_right<0? 0 : ip_right;
+                                d->i_right=unZoomIt( ip_right );
+                                emit newRightIndent( d->i_right );
+                            }
+                            d->oldMx = mx;
+                            d->oldMy = my;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            return;
+                    } break;
+                    case A_BR_RIGHT: {
+                        if ( d->canvas && mx > left+10 && mx+diffx <= pw-2) {
+                            drawLine( d->oldMx, mx );
+                            d->layout.ptRight = unZoomIt(static_cast<double>(pw - ( mx + diffx )));
+                            if( ip_left > right-left-15 ) {
+                                ip_left=right-left-15;
+                                ip_left=ip_left<0 ? 0 : ip_left;
+                                i_left=unZoomIt( ip_left );
+                                emit newLeftIndent( i_left );
+                            }
+                            if ( ip_right > right-left-15 ) {
+                                ip_right=right-left-15;
+                                ip_right=ip_right<0? 0 : ip_right;
+                                d->i_right=unZoomIt( ip_right );
+                                emit newRightIndent( d->i_right );
+                            }
+                            d->oldMx = mx;
+                            d->oldMy = my;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            return;
+                    } break;
+                    case A_FIRST_INDENT: {
+                        if ( d->canvas ) {
+                            if (d->rtl)
+                                newValue = unZoomIt(pw) - newValue - d->i_right;
+                            else
+                                newValue -= i_left;
+                            if(newValue == i_first) break;
+                            drawLine( d->oldMx, newPos);
+                            d->oldMx=newPos;
+                            i_first = newValue;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                    } break;
+                    case A_LEFT_INDENT: {
+                        if ( d->canvas ) {
+                            //if (d->rtl) newValue = unZoomIt(pw) - newValue;
+                            if(newValue == i_left) break;
+
+                            drawLine( d->oldMx, newPos);
+                            i_left = newValue;
+                            d->oldMx = newPos;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                    } break;
+                    case A_RIGHT_INDENT: {
+                        if ( d->canvas ) {
+                            double rightValue = unZoomIt(right - newPos);
+                            //if (d->rtl) rightValue = unZoomIt(pw) - rightValue;
+                            if(rightValue == d->i_right) break;
+
+                            drawLine( d->oldMx, newPos);
+                            d->i_right=rightValue;
+                            d->oldMx = newPos;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                    } break;
+                    case A_TAB: {
+                        if ( d->canvas) {
+                            if (d->rtl) newValue = unZoomIt(pw) - newValue;
+                            if(newValue == d->currTab.ptPos) break; // no change
+                            TQPainter p( d->canvas );
+                            p.setRasterOp( TQt::NotROP );
+                            // prevent 1st drawLine when we just created a new tab
+                            // (it's a NOT line)
+                            double pt;
+                            int pt_fr;
+                            if( d->currTab != d->removeTab )
+                            {
+                                pt = applyRtlAndZoom(d->currTab.ptPos);
+                                pt_fr = tqRound(pt) + frameStart - diffx;
+                                p.drawLine( pt_fr, 0, pt_fr, d->canvas->height() );
+                            }
+
+                            KoTabulatorList::Iterator it = d->tabList.find( d->currTab );
+                            Q_ASSERT( it != d->tabList.end() );
+                            if ( it != d->tabList.end() )
+                                (*it).ptPos = newValue;
+                            d->currTab.ptPos = newValue;
+
+                            pt = applyRtlAndZoom( newValue );
+                            pt_fr = tqRound(pt) + frameStart - diffx;
+                            p.drawLine( pt_fr, 0, pt_fr, d->canvas->height() );
+
+                            p.end();
+                            d->oldMx = mx;
+                            d->oldMy = my;
+                            d->removeTab.type = T_INVALID;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                    } break;
+                    default: break;
+                }
+            }
+            if( d->action == A_HELPLINES )
+            {
+                emit moveHelpLines( e->pos(), orientation == TQt::Horizontal);
+            }
+
+            return;
+        } break;
+        case TQt::Vertical: {
+            if ( !d->mousePressed ) {
+                setCursor( ArrowCursor );
+                d->action = A_NONE;
+                if ( d->flags & F_NORESIZE )
+                    break;
+                if ( my > top - 5 && my < top + 5 ) {
+                    TQToolTip::add( this, i18n("Top margin") );
+                    setCursor( TQt::sizeVerCursor );
+                    d->action = A_BR_TOP;
+                } else if ( my > bottom - 5 && my < bottom + 5 ) {
+                    TQToolTip::add( this, i18n("Bottom margin") );
+                    setCursor( TQt::sizeVerCursor );
+                    d->action = A_BR_BOTTOM;
+                }
+            } else {
+                switch ( d->action ) {
+                    case A_BR_TOP: {
+                        if ( d->canvas && my < bottom-20 && my+diffy-2 > 0) {
+                            TQPainter p( d->canvas );
+                            p.setRasterOp( TQt::NotROP );
+                            p.drawLine( 0, d->oldMy, d->canvas->width(), d->oldMy );
+                            p.drawLine( 0, my, d->canvas->width(), my );
+                            p.end();
+                            d->layout.ptTop = unZoomIt(static_cast<double>(my + diffy));
+                            d->oldMx = mx;
+                            d->oldMy = my;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            return;
+                    } break;
+                    case A_BR_BOTTOM: {
+                        if ( d->canvas && my > top+20 && my+diffy < ph-2) {
+                            TQPainter p( d->canvas );
+                            p.setRasterOp( TQt::NotROP );
+                            p.drawLine( 0, d->oldMy, d->canvas->width(), d->oldMy );
+                            p.drawLine( 0, my, d->canvas->width(), my );
+                            p.end();
+                            d->layout.ptBottom = unZoomIt(static_cast<double>(ph - ( my + diffy )));
+                            d->oldMx = mx;
+                            d->oldMy = my;
+                            update();
+                        }
+                        else
+                            return;
+                    } break;
+                    default: break;
+                }
+            }
+        } break;
+    }
+    if( d->action == A_HELPLINES )
+    {
+        emit moveHelpLines( e->pos(), orientation == TQt::Horizontal);
+    }
+
+    d->oldMx = mx;
+    d->oldMy = my;
+}
+
+void KoRuler::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
+{
+    TQFrame::resizeEvent( e );
+    buffer.resize( size() );
+}
+
+void KoRuler::mouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent* )
+{
+    handleDoubleClick();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::handleDoubleClick()
+{
+    if ( !d->m_bReadWrite )
+        return;
+
+    d->doubleClickedIndent = false;
+
+    // When Binary Compatibility is broken this will hopefully emit a
+    // doubleClicked(int) to differentiate between double-clicking an
+    // indent and double-clicking the ruler
+    if ( d->flags & F_INDENTS ) {
+        if ( d->action == A_LEFT_INDENT || d->action == A_RIGHT_INDENT || d->action == A_FIRST_INDENT ) {
+            d->doubleClickedIndent = true;
+            emit doubleClicked(); // usually paragraph dialog
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Double-clicked nothing
+    d->action = A_NONE;
+    emit doubleClicked(); // usually page layout dialog
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setTabList( const KoTabulatorList & _tabList )
+{
+    d->tabList = _tabList;
+    qHeapSort(d->tabList);   // "Trust no one." as opposed to "In David we trust."
+
+    // Note that d->currTab and d->removeTab could now point to
+    // tabs which don't exist in d->tabList
+
+    update();
+}
+
+double KoRuler::makeIntern( double _v )
+{
+    return KoUnit::fromUserValue( _v, m_unit );
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setupMenu()
+{
+    d->rb_menu = new TQPopupMenu();
+    TQ_CHECK_PTR( d->rb_menu );
+    for ( uint i = 0 ; i <= KoUnit::U_LASTUNIT ; ++i )
+    {
+        KoUnit::Unit unit = static_cast<KoUnit::Unit>( i );
+        d->rb_menu->insertItem( KoUnit::unitDescription( unit ), i /*as id*/ );
+        if ( m_unit == unit )
+            d->rb_menu->setItemChecked( i, true );
+    }
+    connect( d->rb_menu, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( slotMenuActivated( int ) ) );
+
+    d->rb_menu->insertSeparator();
+    d->mPageLayout=d->rb_menu->insertItem(i18n("Page Layout..."), this, TQ_SLOT(pageLayoutDia()));
+#if 0
+    d->rb_menu->insertSeparator();
+    d->mRemoveTab=d->rb_menu->insertItem(i18n("Remove Tabulator"), this, TQ_SLOT(rbRemoveTab()));
+    d->rb_menu->setItemEnabled( d->mRemoveTab, false );
+#endif
+}
+
+void KoRuler::uncheckMenu()
+{
+    for ( uint i = 0 ; i <= KoUnit::U_LASTUNIT ; ++i )
+        d->rb_menu->setItemChecked( i, false );
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setUnit( KoUnit::Unit unit )
+{
+    m_unit = unit;
+    uncheckMenu();
+    d->rb_menu->setItemChecked( m_unit, true );
+    update();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setZoom( const double& zoom )
+{
+    if(zoom==m_zoom)
+        return;
+    if(zoom < 1E-4) // Don't do 0 or negative values
+        return;
+    m_zoom=zoom;
+    m_1_zoom=1/m_zoom;
+    update();
+}
+
+bool KoRuler::willRemoveTab( int y ) const
+{
+    return (y < -50 || y > height() + 25) && d->currTab.type != T_INVALID;
+}
+
+void KoRuler::rbRemoveTab() {
+
+    d->tabList.remove( d->currTab );
+    d->currTab.type = T_INVALID;
+    emit tabListChanged( d->tabList );
+    update();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setReadWrite(bool _readWrite)
+{
+    d->m_bReadWrite=_readWrite;
+}
+
+void KoRuler::searchTab(int mx) {
+
+    int pos;
+    d->currTab.type = T_INVALID;
+    KoTabulatorList::ConstIterator it = d->tabList.begin();
+    for ( ; it != d->tabList.end() ; ++it ) {
+        pos = tqRound(applyRtlAndZoom((*it).ptPos)) - diffx + frameStart;
+        if ( mx > pos - 5 && mx < pos + 5 ) {
+            setCursor( TQt::sizeHorCursor );
+            d->action = A_TAB;
+            d->currTab = *it;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void KoRuler::drawLine(int oldX, int newX) {
+
+    TQPainter p( d->canvas );
+    p.setRasterOp( TQt::NotROP );
+    p.drawLine( oldX, 0, oldX, d->canvas->height() );
+    if(newX!=-1)
+        p.drawLine( newX, 0, newX, d->canvas->height() );
+    p.end();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::showMousePos( bool _showMPos )
+{
+    showMPos = _showMPos;
+    hasToDelete = false;
+    mposX = -1;
+    mposY = -1;
+    update();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setOffset( int _diffx, int _diffy )
+{
+    //kdDebug() << "KoRuler::setOffset " << _diffx << "," << _diffy << endl;
+    diffx = _diffx;
+    diffy = _diffy;
+    update();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setFrameStartEnd( int _frameStart, int _frameEnd )
+{
+    if ( _frameStart != frameStart || _frameEnd != d->frameEnd || !m_bFrameStartSet )
+    {
+        frameStart = _frameStart;
+        d->frameEnd = _frameEnd;
+        // Remember that setFrameStartEnd was called. This activates a slightly
+        // different mode (when moving start and end positions).
+        m_bFrameStartSet = true;
+        update();
+    }
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setRightIndent( double _right )
+{
+    d->i_right = makeIntern( _right );
+    update();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setDirection( bool rtl )
+{
+    d->rtl = rtl;
+    update();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::changeFlags(int _flags)
+{
+    d->flags = _flags;
+}
+
+int KoRuler::flags() const
+{
+    return d->flags;
+}
+
+bool KoRuler::doubleClickedIndent() const
+{
+    return d->doubleClickedIndent;
+}
+
+double KoRuler::applyRtlAndZoom( double value ) const
+{
+    int frameWidth = d->frameEnd - frameStart;
+    return d->rtl ? ( frameWidth - zoomIt( value ) ) : zoomIt( value );
+}
+
+double KoRuler::unZoomItRtl( int pixValue ) const
+{
+    int frameWidth = d->frameEnd - frameStart;
+    return d->rtl ? ( unZoomIt( (double)(frameWidth - pixValue) ) ) : unZoomIt( (double)pixValue );
+}
+
+void KoRuler::slotMenuActivated( int i )
+{
+    if ( i >= 0 && i <= KoUnit::U_LASTUNIT )
+    {
+        KoUnit::Unit unit = static_cast<KoUnit::Unit>(i);
+        setUnit( unit );
+        emit unitChanged( unit );
+    }
+}
+
+TQSize KoRuler::minimumSizeHint() const
+{
+    TQSize size;
+    TQFont font = TDEGlobalSettings::toolBarFont();
+    TQFontMetrics fm( font );
+
+    size.setWidth( TQMAX( fm.height() + 4, 20 ) );
+    size.setHeight( TQMAX( fm.height() + 4, 20 ) );
+
+    return size;
+}
+
+TQSize KoRuler::sizeHint() const
+{
+    return minimumSizeHint();
+}
+
+void KoRuler::setPageLayout( const KoPageLayout& _layout )
+{
+    d->layout = _layout;
+    update();
+}
+
+#include "kreruler.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/kreruler.h b/src/widgets/kreruler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccf76f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kreruler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE project
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Reginald Stadlbauer <reggie@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Jason Kivlighn <jkivlighn@gmail.com>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+// Description: Ruler (header)
+
+/******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KRERULER_H
+#define KRERULER_H
+
+#include <tqframe.h>
+#include <tqpixmap.h>
+
+#include <tdemacros.h>
+
+#if 0
+#include <koGlobal.h>
+#include <koTabChooser.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "kreunit.h"
+
+class KoPageLayout;
+class TQPainter;
+
+enum KoTabulators { T_LEFT = 0, T_CENTER = 1, T_RIGHT = 2, T_DEC_PNT = 3, T_INVALID = -1 };
+enum KoTabulatorFilling { TF_BLANK = 0, TF_DOTS = 1, TF_LINE = 2, TF_DASH = 3, TF_DASH_DOT = 4, TF_DASH_DOT_DOT = 5};
+
+/**
+ * Struct: KoTabulator
+ * Defines the position of a tabulation (in pt), and its type
+ */
+struct KoTabulator {
+    /**
+     * Position of the tab in pt
+     */
+    double ptPos;
+    /**
+     * Type of tab (left/center/right/decimalpoint)
+     */
+    KoTabulators type;
+    /**
+     * Type of tab filling.
+     */
+    KoTabulatorFilling filling;
+    /**
+     * Width of the tab filling line.
+     */
+    double ptWidth;
+    /**
+     * Alignment character.
+     */
+    TQChar alignChar;
+
+    bool operator==( const KoTabulator & t ) const {
+        return TQABS( ptPos - t.ptPos ) < 1E-4 && type == t.type &&
+               filling == t.filling && TQABS( ptWidth - t.ptWidth ) < 1E-4;
+    }
+    bool operator!=( const KoTabulator & t ) const {
+        return !operator==(t);
+    }
+    // Operators used for sorting
+    bool operator < ( const KoTabulator & t ) const {
+        return ptPos < t.ptPos;
+    }
+    bool operator <= ( const KoTabulator & t ) const {
+        return ptPos <= t.ptPos;
+    }
+    bool operator > ( const KoTabulator & t ) const {
+        return ptPos > t.ptPos;
+    }
+};
+
+typedef TQValueList<KoTabulator> KoTabulatorList;
+
+class KoRulerPrivate;
+
+/**
+ * KoRuler is the horizontal or vertical ruler, to be used around
+ * the drawing area of most KOffice programs.
+ *
+ * It shows the graduated ruler with numbering, in any of the base units (like mm/pt/inch),
+ * and supports zooming, tabulators, paragraph indents, showing the mouse position, etc.
+ *
+ * It also offers a popupmenu upon right-clicking, for changing the unit,
+ * the page layout, or removing a tab.
+ */
+class KoRuler : public TQFrame
+{
+    TQ_OBJECT
+    friend class KoRulerPrivate; // for the Action enum
+public:
+    static const int F_TABS;
+    static const int F_INDENTS;
+    static const int F_HELPLINES;
+    static const int F_NORESIZE;
+
+    /**
+     * Create a ruler
+     * TODO document params
+     */
+    KoRuler( TQWidget *_parent,  TQWidget *_canvas, Orientation _orientation,
+             const KoPageLayout& _layout, int _flags, KoUnit::Unit _unit );
+    ~KoRuler();
+
+    /**
+     * Set the unit to be used.
+     */
+    void setUnit( KoUnit::Unit unit );
+
+    /**
+     * Set the zoom of the ruler (default value of 1.0 is 100%)
+     */
+    void setZoom( const double& zoom=1.0 );
+    /**
+     * @return the current zoom level
+     */
+    const double& zoom() const { return m_zoom; }
+
+    /**
+     * Set the page layout, see @ref KoPageLayout.
+     * This defines the size of the page and the margins,
+     * from which the size of the ruler is deducted.
+     */
+    void setPageLayout( const KoPageLayout& _layout );
+
+    /**
+     * Call showMousePos(true) if the ruler should indicate the position
+     * of the mouse. This is usually only the case for drawing applications,
+     * so it is not enabled by default.
+     */
+    void showMousePos( bool _showMPos );
+    /**
+     * Set the position of the mouse, to update the indication in the ruler.
+     * This is only effective if showMousePos(true) was called previously.
+     * The position to give is not zoomed, it's in real pixel coordinates!
+     */
+    void setMousePos( int mx, int my );
+
+    /**
+     * Set a global offset to the X and Y coordinates.
+     * Usually the main drawing area is a TQScrollView, and this is called
+     * with contentsX() and contentsY(), each time those values change.
+     */
+    void setOffset( int _diffx, int _diffy );
+
+    /**
+     * Set the [paragraph] left indent to the specified position (in the current unit)
+     */
+    void setLeftIndent( double _left )
+    { i_left = makeIntern( _left ); update(); }
+
+    /**
+     * Set the [paragraph] first-line left indent to the specified position (in the current unit)
+     * This indent is cumulated with the left or right margin, depending on the [paragraph] direction.
+     */
+    void setFirstIndent( double _first )
+    { i_first = makeIntern( _first ); update(); }
+
+    /**
+     * Set the [paragraph] right indent to the specified position (in the current unit)
+     */
+    void setRightIndent( double _right );
+
+    /**
+     * Set the [paragraph] direction. By default (rtl=false), the left indent is on the
+     * left, and the right indent is on the right ;)
+     * If rtl=true, it's the opposite.
+     */
+    void setDirection( bool rtl );
+
+    /**
+     * Set the list of tabulators to show in the ruler.
+     */
+    void setTabList( const KoTabulatorList & tabList );
+
+    /**
+     * Set the start and the end of the current 'frame', i.e. the part
+     * of the page in which we are currently working. See KWord frames
+     * for an example where this is used. The tab positions and paragraph
+     * indents then become relative to the beginning of the frame, and the
+     * ruler goes from frameStart to frameEnd instead of using the page margins.
+     * @p _frameStart et @p _frameEnd are in pixel coordinates.
+     */
+    void setFrameStartEnd( int _frameStart, int _frameEnd );
+
+    /**
+     * KoRuler is in "read write" mode by default.
+     * Use setReadWrite(false) to use it in read-only mode.
+     */
+    void setReadWrite( bool _readWrite );
+
+    /**
+     * Change the flag (i.e. activate or deactivate certain features of KoRuler)
+     */
+    void changeFlags(int _flags);
+
+    /**
+     * Set the size of the grid used for tabs positioning, size in pt.
+     * default value is 0. 0 means no grid.
+     */
+    void setGridSize(double newGridSize) { gridSize=newGridSize; }
+
+    /**
+     * @return the current flags
+     */
+    int flags() const;
+
+    /**
+     * @return whether the current doubleClicked() signal was triggered
+     * by the user double-clicking on an indent (BCI).  It returns false
+     * if the user just double-clicked on an "empty" part of the ruler.
+     *
+     * This method is strictly provided for use in a slot connected to the
+     * doubleClicked() signal; calling it at any other time results in
+     * undefined behavior.
+     */
+    bool doubleClickedIndent() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Enable or disable the "Page Layout" menu item.
+     */
+    void setPageLayoutMenuItemEnabled(bool b);
+
+    /**
+     * Reimplemented from TQWidget
+     */
+    virtual TQSize minimumSizeHint() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Reimplemented from TQWidget
+     */
+    virtual TQSize sizeHint() const;
+
+signals:
+    void newPageLayout( const KoPageLayout & );
+    void newLeftIndent( double );
+    void newFirstIndent( double );
+    void newRightIndent( double );
+    /** Old signal, kept for compatibility. Use doubleClicked instead. */
+    void openPageLayoutDia();
+    /** This signal is emitted when double-clicking the ruler (or an indent) */
+    void doubleClicked();
+    /** This signal is emitted when double-clicking a tab */
+    void doubleClicked( double ptPos );
+
+    void tabListChanged( const KoTabulatorList & );
+    void unitChanged( KoUnit::Unit );
+
+    void addHelpline(const TQPoint &, bool );
+    void moveHelpLines( const TQPoint &, bool );
+
+protected:
+    enum Action {A_NONE, A_BR_LEFT, A_BR_RIGHT, A_BR_TOP, A_BR_BOTTOM,
+                 A_LEFT_INDENT, A_FIRST_INDENT, A_TAB, A_RIGHT_INDENT,
+                 A_HELPLINES };
+
+    void drawContents( TQPainter *_painter )
+    { orientation == TQt::Horizontal ? drawHorizontal( _painter ) : drawVertical( _painter ); }
+
+    void drawHorizontal( TQPainter *_painter );
+    void drawVertical( TQPainter *_painter );
+
+    void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+    void mouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+    void mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+    void mouseDoubleClickEvent( TQMouseEvent* );
+    void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e );
+    void handleDoubleClick();
+
+    double makeIntern( double _v );
+    double zoomIt(const double &value) const;
+    int zoomIt(const int &value) const;
+    unsigned int zoomIt(const unsigned int &value) const;
+    double unZoomIt(const double &value) const;
+    int unZoomIt(const int &value) const;
+    unsigned int unZoomIt(const unsigned int &value) const;
+    void setupMenu();
+    void uncheckMenu();
+    void searchTab(int mx);
+    void drawLine(int oldX, int newX);
+
+private:
+    double applyRtlAndZoom( double value ) const;
+    double unZoomItRtl( int pixValue ) const;
+    double lineDistance() const;
+    bool willRemoveTab( int y ) const;
+
+    KoRulerPrivate *d;
+
+    TQt::Orientation orientation;
+    int diffx, diffy;
+    double i_left, i_first;
+    TQPixmap buffer;
+    double m_zoom, m_1_zoom;
+    KoUnit::Unit m_unit;
+    bool hasToDelete;
+    bool showMPos;
+    bool m_bFrameStartSet;
+    bool m_bReadWrite;
+    int mposX, mposY;
+    int frameStart;
+
+    double gridSize;
+
+protected slots:
+    void slotMenuActivated( int i );
+    void pageLayoutDia() { emit doubleClicked()/*openPageLayoutDia()*/; }
+    void rbRemoveTab();
+
+};
+
+inline double KoRuler::zoomIt(const double &value) const {
+    if (m_zoom==1.0)
+        return value;
+    return m_zoom*value;
+}
+
+inline int KoRuler::zoomIt(const int &value) const {
+    if (m_zoom==1.0)
+        return value;
+    return tqRound(m_zoom*value);
+}
+
+inline unsigned int KoRuler::zoomIt(const unsigned int &value) const {
+    if (m_zoom==1.0)
+        return value;
+    return static_cast<unsigned int>(tqRound(m_zoom*value));
+}
+
+inline double KoRuler::unZoomIt(const double &value) const {
+    if(m_zoom==1.0)
+        return value;
+    return value*m_1_zoom;
+}
+
+inline int KoRuler::unZoomIt(const int &value) const {
+    if(m_zoom==1.0)
+        return value;
+    return tqRound(value*m_1_zoom);
+}
+
+inline unsigned int KoRuler::unZoomIt(const unsigned int &value) const {
+    if(m_zoom==1.0)
+        return value;
+    return static_cast<unsigned int>(tqRound(value*m_1_zoom));
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/kretextedit.cpp b/src/widgets/kretextedit.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6d150d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kretextedit.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "kretextedit.h"
+
+#include <tqtextstream.h>
+
+#include <tdeaccel.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+KreTextEdit::KreTextEdit( TQWidget *parent ) : KTextEdit( parent ), TDECompletionBase()
+{
+	TDECompletion * comp = completionObject(); //creates the completion object
+	comp->setIgnoreCase( true );
+
+	completing = false;
+
+	connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( clicked( int, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( haltCompletion() ) );
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::haltCompletion()
+{
+	completing = false;
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
+{
+	// Filter key-events if completion mode is not set to CompletionNone
+	KKey key( e );
+
+	KeyBindingMap keys = getKeyBindings();
+	TDEShortcut cut;
+	bool noModifier = ( e->state() == NoButton || e->state() == ShiftButton );
+
+	if ( noModifier ) {
+		TQString keycode = e->text();
+		if ( !keycode.isEmpty() && keycode.unicode() ->isPrint() ) {
+			TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent ( e );
+			tryCompletion();
+			e->accept();
+			return ;
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Handles completion
+	if ( keys[ TextCompletion ].isNull() )
+		cut = TDEStdAccel::shortcut( TDEStdAccel::TextCompletion );
+	else
+		cut = keys[ TextCompletion ];
+
+	//using just the standard Ctrl+E isn't user-friendly enough for Grandma...
+	if ( completing && ( cut.contains( key ) || e->key() == TQt::Key_Enter || e->key() == TQt::Key_Return ) ) {
+		int paraFrom, indexFrom, paraTo, indexTo;
+		getSelection ( &paraFrom, &indexFrom, &paraTo, &indexTo );
+
+		removeSelection();
+		setCursorPosition( paraTo, indexTo );
+
+		completing = false;
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	// handle rotation
+
+	// Handles previous match
+	if ( keys[ PrevCompletionMatch ].isNull() )
+		cut = TDEStdAccel::shortcut( TDEStdAccel::PrevCompletion );
+	else
+		cut = keys[ PrevCompletionMatch ];
+
+	if ( cut.contains( key ) ) {
+		rotateText( TDECompletionBase::PrevCompletionMatch );
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	// Handles next match
+	if ( keys[ NextCompletionMatch ].isNull() )
+		cut = TDEStdAccel::shortcut( TDEStdAccel::NextCompletion );
+	else
+		cut = keys[ NextCompletionMatch ];
+
+	if ( cut.contains( key ) ) {
+		rotateText( TDECompletionBase::NextCompletionMatch );
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	//any other key events will end any text completion execpt for modifiers
+	switch ( e->key() ) {
+	case TQt::Key_Shift:
+	case TQt::Key_Control:
+	case TQt::Key_Alt:
+	case TQt::Key_Meta:
+		break;
+	default:
+		completing = false;
+		break;
+	}
+
+	// Let KTextEdit handle any other keys events.
+	KTextEdit::keyPressEvent ( e );
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::setCompletedText( const TQString &txt )
+{
+	int para, index;
+	getCursorPosition( &para, &index );
+
+	TQString para_text = text( para );
+	int word_length = index - completion_begin;
+
+	insert( txt.right( txt.length() - word_length ) );
+	setSelection( para, index, para, completion_begin + txt.length() );
+	setCursorPosition( para, index );
+
+	completing = true;
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::setCompletedItems( const TQStringList &/*items*/ )
+{}
+
+void KreTextEdit::tryCompletion()
+{
+	int para, index;
+	getCursorPosition( &para, &index );
+
+	TQString para_text = text( para );
+	if ( para_text.at( index ).isSpace() || completing ) {
+		if ( !completing )
+			completion_begin = para_text.findRev( ' ', index - 1 ) + 1;
+
+		TQString completing_word = para_text.mid( completion_begin, index - completion_begin );
+
+		TQString match = compObj() ->makeCompletion( completing_word );
+
+		if ( !match.isNull() && match != completing_word )
+			setCompletedText( match );
+		else
+			completing = false;
+	}
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::rotateText( TDECompletionBase::KeyBindingType type )
+{
+	TDECompletion * comp = compObj();
+	if ( comp && completing &&
+	        ( type == TDECompletionBase::PrevCompletionMatch ||
+	          type == TDECompletionBase::NextCompletionMatch ) ) {
+		TQString input = ( type == TDECompletionBase::PrevCompletionMatch ) ? comp->previousMatch() : comp->nextMatch();
+
+		// Skip rotation if previous/next match is null or the same text
+		int para, index;
+		getCursorPosition( &para, &index );
+		TQString para_text = text( para );
+		TQString complete_word = para_text.mid( completion_begin, index - completion_begin );
+		if ( input.isNull() || input == complete_word )
+			return ;
+		setCompletedText( input );
+	}
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::addCompletionItem( const TQString &name )
+{
+	compObj() ->addItem( name );
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::removeCompletionItem( const TQString &name )
+{
+	compObj() ->removeItem( name );
+}
+
+void KreTextEdit::clearCompletionItems()
+{
+	compObj() ->clear();
+}
+
+#include "kretextedit.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/kretextedit.h b/src/widgets/kretextedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec9e5fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kretextedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KRETEXTEDIT_H
+#define KRETEXTEDIT_H
+
+#include <ktextedit.h>
+#include <kcompletion.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+
+/*  @author Jason Kivlighn
+ *  @brief An extended KTextEdit that allows for text completion
+ */
+class KreTextEdit : public KTextEdit, TDECompletionBase
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	KreTextEdit( TQWidget *parent );
+
+	virtual void setCompletedText( const TQString &text );
+	virtual void setCompletedItems( const TQStringList &items );
+
+public slots:
+	void addCompletionItem( const TQString & );
+	void removeCompletionItem( const TQString & );
+	void clearCompletionItems();
+
+protected:
+	void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * );
+
+private slots:
+	void haltCompletion();
+
+private:
+	void tryCompletion();
+	void rotateText( TDECompletionBase::KeyBindingType type );
+
+	bool completing;
+	int completion_begin;
+
+};
+
+#endif //KRETEXTEDIT_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/kwidgetlistbox.cpp b/src/widgets/kwidgetlistbox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a05ddcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kwidgetlistbox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2005 Petri Damstén <petri.damsten@iki.fi>
+ *
+ * Note: This file is now part of Krecipes, which is a slightly modified version of the
+ *       original used in SuperKaramba
+ *
+ * This file is part of SuperKaramba.
+ *
+ *  SuperKaramba is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  SuperKaramba is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with SuperKaramba; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ ****************************************************************************/
+#include "kwidgetlistbox.h"
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <tdeglobalsettings.h>
+
+KWidgetListbox::KWidgetListbox(TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
+ : TQTable(parent, name)
+{
+  setNumRows(0);
+  setNumCols(1);
+  setColumnStretchable(0, true);
+  setLeftMargin(0);
+  setTopMargin(0);
+  horizontalHeader()->hide();
+  verticalHeader()->hide();
+  setSelectionMode(TQTable::NoSelection);
+  setFocusStyle(TQTable::FollowStyle);
+  connect(this, TQ_SIGNAL(currentChanged(int, int)),
+          this, TQ_SLOT(selectionChanged(int, int)));
+  setHScrollBarMode(TQScrollView::AlwaysOff);
+  setVScrollBarMode(TQScrollView::Auto);
+}
+
+KWidgetListbox::~KWidgetListbox()
+{
+  clear();
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::clear()
+{
+  for(int i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i)
+    clearCellWidget(i, 0);
+  setNumRows(0);
+}
+
+int KWidgetListbox::insertItem(TQWidget* item, int index)
+{
+  int row = index;
+
+  if(index == -1)
+  {
+    row = numRows();
+  }
+  //else
+  //  return -1;
+
+  insertRows(row);
+  setRowHeight(row, item->height());
+  setCellWidget(row, 0, item);
+
+  for ( int i = row; i < numRows(); ++i ) {
+    setItemColors(i, even(i));
+  }
+
+  ensureCellVisible(row,0);
+
+  return row;
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::setSelected(TQWidget* item)
+{
+  setSelected(index(item));
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::selectionChanged(int row, int col)
+{
+  ensureCellVisible(row, col);
+  updateColors();
+  emit selected(row);
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::removeItem(TQWidget* item)
+{
+  removeItem(index(item));
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::removeItem(int index)
+{
+  removeRow(index);
+  updateColors();
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::setSelected(int index)
+{
+  setCurrentCell(index, 0);
+}
+
+int KWidgetListbox::selected() const
+{
+  return currentRow();
+}
+
+TQWidget* KWidgetListbox::selectedItem() const
+{
+  return item(selected());
+}
+
+TQWidget* KWidgetListbox::item(int index) const
+{
+  return cellWidget(index, 0);
+}
+
+int KWidgetListbox::index(TQWidget* itm) const
+{
+  for(int i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i)
+    if(item(i) == itm)
+      return i;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+bool KWidgetListbox::even(int index)
+{
+  int v = 0;
+  for(int i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i)
+  {
+    if(index == i)
+      break;
+    //if(!isRowHidden(i))
+    ++v;
+  }
+  return (v%2 == 0);
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::updateColors()
+{
+  int v = 0;
+  for(int i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i)
+  {
+    //if(!isRowHidden(i))
+    {
+      setItemColors(i, (v%2 == 0));
+      ++v;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::setItemColors(int index, bool even)
+{
+  TQWidget* itm = item(index);
+if ( !itm){ kdDebug()<<"no widget at index "<<index<<endl; return; }
+/*
+  if(index == selected())
+  {
+    itm->setPaletteBackgroundColor(TDEGlobalSettings::highlightColor());
+    itm->setPaletteForegroundColor(TDEGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor());
+  }*/
+  if(even)
+  {
+    itm->setPaletteBackgroundColor(TDEGlobalSettings::baseColor());
+    itm->setPaletteForegroundColor(TDEGlobalSettings::textColor());
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    itm->setPaletteBackgroundColor(
+        TDEGlobalSettings::alternateBackgroundColor());
+    itm->setPaletteForegroundColor(TDEGlobalSettings::textColor());
+  }
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::showItems(show_callback func, void* data)
+{
+  for(int i = 0; i < numRows(); ++i)
+  {
+    if(func == 0)
+      showRow(i);
+    else
+    {
+      if(func(i, item(i), data))
+        showRow(i);
+      else
+        hideRow(i);
+    }
+  }
+  updateColors();
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::showEvent(TQShowEvent*)
+{
+  //kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << endl;
+  repaintContents(false);
+}
+
+void KWidgetListbox::paintCell(TQPainter*, int, int, const TQRect&,
+                               bool, const TQColorGroup&)
+{
+  //kdDebug() << k_funcinfo << endl;
+}
+
+#include "kwidgetlistbox.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/kwidgetlistbox.h b/src/widgets/kwidgetlistbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ad463c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/kwidgetlistbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2005 Petri Damstén <petri.damsten@iki.fi>
+ *
+ * Note: This file is now part of Krecipes, which is a slightly modified version of the
+ *       original used in SuperKaramba
+ *
+ * This file is part of SuperKaramba.
+ *
+ *  SuperKaramba is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  SuperKaramba is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with SuperKaramba; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+ ****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef KWIDGETLISTBOX_H
+#define KWIDGETLISTBOX_H
+
+#include <tqtable.h>
+
+/**
+@author See README for the list of authors
+*/
+
+typedef bool (*show_callback) (int index, TQWidget* widget, void* data);
+
+class KWidgetListbox : public TQTable
+{
+    TQ_OBJECT
+
+  public:
+    KWidgetListbox(TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+    ~KWidgetListbox();
+
+    int insertItem(TQWidget* item, int index = -1);
+    void setSelected(TQWidget* item);
+    void setSelected(int index);
+    void removeItem(TQWidget* item);
+    void removeItem(int index);
+    void clear();
+    int selected() const;
+    TQWidget* selectedItem() const;
+    TQWidget* item(int index) const;
+    int index(TQWidget* itm) const;
+    uint count() const { return numRows(); };
+
+    void showItems(show_callback func = 0, void* data = 0);
+
+    void paintCell(TQPainter* p, int row, int col, const TQRect& cr,
+                   bool selected, const TQColorGroup& cg);
+  protected:
+    void setItemColors(int index, bool even);
+    void updateColors();
+    bool even(int index);
+    virtual void showEvent(TQShowEvent* e);
+
+  protected slots:
+    void selectionChanged(int row, int col);
+
+  signals:
+    void selected(int index);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/paneldeco.cpp b/src/widgets/paneldeco.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8045a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/paneldeco.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)       *
+*                                                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+#include "paneldeco.h"
+
+#include <tqpainter.h>
+#include <tqpoint.h>
+#include <tqrect.h>
+
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kpixmap.h>
+#include <kpixmapeffect.h>
+
+
+// Panel decoration
+
+PanelDeco::PanelDeco( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString &title, const TQString &iconName ) : TQVBox( parent, name )
+{
+
+	// Top decoration
+	tDeco = new TopDeco( this, "TopDecoration", title, iconName );
+
+	hbox = new TQHBox( this );
+
+	//Left decoration
+	lDeco = new LeftDeco( hbox, "LeftDecoration" );
+
+	//The widget stack (panels)
+	stack = new TQWidgetStack( hbox );
+	stack->setSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding, TQSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding ) );
+
+}
+
+
+PanelDeco::~PanelDeco()
+{}
+
+void PanelDeco::childEvent( TQChildEvent *e )
+{
+	if ( e->type() == TQEvent::ChildInserted ) {
+		TQObject * obj = e->child();
+		if ( obj->inherits( "TQWidget" ) ) {
+			TQWidget * w = ( TQWidget* ) obj;
+			if ( w != hbox && w != tDeco )
+				w->reparent( stack, TQPoint( 0, 0 ) );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+int PanelDeco::id( TQWidget* w )
+{
+	return ( stack->id( w ) );
+}
+
+void PanelDeco::raise( TQWidget *w )
+{
+	TQWidget * old_w = visiblePanel();
+
+	stack->raiseWidget( w );
+
+	if ( old_w != w )
+		emit panelRaised( w, old_w );
+}
+
+TQWidget* PanelDeco::visiblePanel( void )
+{
+	return ( stack->visibleWidget() );
+}
+
+void PanelDeco::setHeader( const TQString &title, const TQString &icon )
+{
+	tDeco->setHeader( title, icon );
+}
+
+// Left part of the decoration
+
+LeftDeco::LeftDeco( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
+		TQWidget( parent, name, TQt::WNoAutoErase )
+{}
+
+LeftDeco::~LeftDeco()
+{}
+
+// Top part of the decoration
+
+TopDeco::TopDeco( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString &title, const TQString &iconName ) :
+		TQWidget( parent, name, TQt::WNoAutoErase )
+{
+	setMinimumHeight( 30 );
+	icon = 0;
+	panelTitle = TQString::null;
+	if ( !iconName.isNull() ) {
+		TDEIconLoader il;
+		icon = new TQPixmap( il.loadIcon( iconName, TDEIcon::NoGroup, 22 ) );
+	}
+
+	if ( !title.isNull() ) {
+		panelTitle = title;
+	}
+}
+
+TopDeco::~TopDeco()
+{
+	delete icon;
+}
+
+
+void TopDeco::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+{
+	// Get gradient colors
+	TQColor c1 = colorGroup().button().light( 120 );
+	TQColor c2 = paletteBackgroundColor();
+
+	// Draw the gradient
+	KPixmap kpm;
+	kpm.resize( size() );
+	KPixmapEffect::unbalancedGradient ( kpm, c1, c2, KPixmapEffect::VerticalGradient, 150, 150 );
+
+	// Add a line on top
+	TQPainter painter( &kpm );
+	painter.setPen( colorGroup().button().dark( 130 ) );
+	painter.drawLine( 0, 0, width(), 0 );
+
+	// Now Add the icon
+	int xpos = 0, ypos = 0;
+	if ( icon ) {
+		xpos = 20;
+		ypos = ( height() - icon->height() ) / 2 - 1;
+		painter.drawPixmap( xpos, ypos, *icon );
+		xpos += icon->width(); // Move it so that later we can easily place the text
+	}
+
+	// Finally, draw the text besides the icon
+	if ( !panelTitle.isNull() ) {
+		xpos += 15;
+		TQRect r = rect();
+		r.setLeft( xpos );
+		painter.setPen( TQColor( 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 ) );
+		TQFont ft = font();
+		ft.setBold( true );
+		painter.setFont( ft );
+		painter.drawText( r, TQt::AlignVCenter, panelTitle );
+	}
+	painter.end();
+	// Copy the pixmap to the widget
+	bitBlt( this, 0, 0, &kpm );
+}
+
+void TopDeco::setHeader( const TQString &title, const TQString &iconName )
+{
+	if ( !title.isNull() )
+		panelTitle = title;
+	if ( !iconName.isNull() ) {
+		TDEIconLoader il;
+		icon = new TQPixmap( il.loadIcon( iconName, TDEIcon::NoGroup, 22 ) );
+	}
+	if ( !title.isNull() || !iconName.isNull() )
+		update();
+}
+
+TQSize TopDeco::sizeHint( void )
+{
+	return ( TQSize( parentWidget() ->width(), 30 ) );
+}
+
+#include "paneldeco.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/paneldeco.h b/src/widgets/paneldeco.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..126f7fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/paneldeco.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2003 by Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)       *
+*                                                                         *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+#ifndef PANELDECO_H
+#define PANELDECO_H
+
+
+#include <tqevent.h>
+#include <tqiconset.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
+#include <tqhbox.h>
+#include <tqpixmap.h>
+#include <tqvbox.h>
+#include <tqwidget.h>
+#include <tqwidgetstack.h>
+
+
+/**
+* @author Unai Garro
+*/
+
+class PanelDeco;
+class LeftDeco;
+class TopDeco;
+
+class PanelDeco : public TQVBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+	// Methods
+	PanelDeco( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const TQString &title = TQString::null, const TQString &iconName = TQString::null );
+	~PanelDeco();
+	int id( TQWidget* w ); // obtain the id of the given panel
+	TQWidget* visiblePanel( void ); // obtain the current active panel no.
+
+signals:
+	void panelRaised( TQWidget *w, TQWidget *old_w );
+
+private:
+	TQHBox *hbox;
+	LeftDeco *lDeco;
+	TopDeco *tDeco;
+	TQWidgetStack *stack;
+
+public slots:
+	void raise( TQWidget *w );
+	void setHeader( const TQString &title = TQString::null, const TQString &icon = TQString::null );
+protected:
+	virtual void childEvent( TQChildEvent *e );
+
+
+};
+
+class LeftDeco: public TQWidget
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+	LeftDeco( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+	~LeftDeco();
+};
+
+class TopDeco: public TQWidget
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+	TopDeco( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, const TQString &title = TQString::null, const TQString &iconName = TQString::null );
+	~TopDeco();
+	virtual TQSize sizeHint( void );
+public slots:
+	void setHeader( const TQString &title = TQString::null, const TQString &iconName = TQString::null );
+protected:
+	virtual void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent *e );
+private:
+	TQPixmap *icon;
+	TQString panelTitle;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/prepmethodcombobox.cpp b/src/widgets/prepmethodcombobox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0b7660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/prepmethodcombobox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "prepmethodcombobox.h"
+
+#include <tqlistbox.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+
+/** Completion object which allows completing completing items
+  * the last item in a comma-separated list
+  */
+class PrepMethodCompletion : public TDECompletion
+{
+public:
+	PrepMethodCompletion() : TDECompletion()
+	{}
+
+	virtual TQString makeCompletion( const TQString &string ) {
+		kdDebug()<<"original makeCompletion( "<<string<<" )"<<endl;
+
+		int comma_index = string.findRev(",");
+		TQString completion_txt = string;
+		if ( comma_index != -1 )
+			completion_txt = completion_txt.right( completion_txt.length() - comma_index - 1 ).stripWhiteSpace();
+		if ( completion_txt.isEmpty() )
+			return string;
+
+		kdDebug()<<"altered makeCompletion( "<<completion_txt<<" )"<<endl;
+
+		completion_txt = TDECompletion::makeCompletion(completion_txt);
+		kdDebug()<<"got: "<<completion_txt<<endl;
+
+		if ( completion_txt.isEmpty() )
+			completion_txt = string;
+		else if ( comma_index != -1 )
+			completion_txt = string.left( comma_index ) + "," + completion_txt;
+
+		kdDebug()<<"returning: "<<completion_txt<<endl;
+		return completion_txt;
+	}
+};
+
+PrepMethodComboBox::PrepMethodComboBox( bool b, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, const TQString &specialItem ) : 
+  KComboBox( b, parent ),
+  database( db ), m_specialItem(specialItem)
+{
+	setAutoDeleteCompletionObject(true);
+	setCompletionObject(new PrepMethodCompletion());
+}
+
+void PrepMethodComboBox::reload()
+{
+	TQString remember_text;
+	if ( editable() )
+		remember_text = lineEdit()->text();
+
+	ElementList prepMethodList;
+	database->loadPrepMethods( &prepMethodList );
+
+	clear();
+	prepMethodComboRows.clear();
+
+	int row = 0;
+	if ( !m_specialItem.isNull() ) {
+		insertItem(m_specialItem);
+		prepMethodComboRows.insert( row, -1 );
+		row++;
+	}
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator it = prepMethodList.begin(); it != prepMethodList.end(); ++it, ++row ) {
+		insertItem((*it).name);
+		completionObject()->addItem((*it).name);
+		prepMethodComboRows.insert( row,(*it).id );
+	}
+
+	if ( editable() )
+		lineEdit()->setText( remember_text );
+
+	database->disconnect( this );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( prepMethodCreated( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( createPrepMethod( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( prepMethodRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removePrepMethod( int ) ) );
+}
+
+int PrepMethodComboBox::id( int row )
+{
+	return prepMethodComboRows[ row ];
+}
+
+int PrepMethodComboBox::id( const TQString &ing )
+{
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) {
+		if ( ing == text( i ) )
+			return id(i);
+	}
+	kdDebug()<<"Warning: couldn't find the ID for "<<ing<<endl;
+	return -1;
+}
+
+void PrepMethodComboBox::createPrepMethod( const Element &element )
+{
+	int row = findInsertionPoint( element.name );
+
+	TQString remember_text;
+	if ( editable() )
+		remember_text = lineEdit()->text();
+
+	insertItem( element.name, row );
+	completionObject()->addItem(element.name);
+
+	if ( editable() )
+		lineEdit()->setText( remember_text );
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item down
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = prepMethodComboRows.begin(); it != prepMethodComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() >= row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() + 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	prepMethodComboRows = new_map;
+	prepMethodComboRows.insert( row, element.id );
+}
+
+void PrepMethodComboBox::removePrepMethod( int id )
+{
+	int row = -1;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = prepMethodComboRows.begin(); it != prepMethodComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.data() == id ) {
+			row = it.key();
+			completionObject()->removeItem( text(row) );
+			removeItem( row );
+			prepMethodComboRows.remove( it );
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( row == -1 )
+		return ;
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item up
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = prepMethodComboRows.begin(); it != prepMethodComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() > row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() - 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	prepMethodComboRows = new_map;
+}
+
+int PrepMethodComboBox::findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name )
+{
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) {
+		if ( TQString::localeAwareCompare( name, text( i ) ) < 0 )
+			return i;
+	}
+
+	return count();
+}
+
+void PrepMethodComboBox::setSelected( int prepID )
+{
+	//do a reverse lookup on the row->id map
+	TQMap<int, int>::const_iterator it;
+	for ( it = prepMethodComboRows.begin(); it != prepMethodComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.data() == prepID ) {
+			setCurrentItem(it.key());
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#include "prepmethodcombobox.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/prepmethodcombobox.h b/src/widgets/prepmethodcombobox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad902d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/prepmethodcombobox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2005 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PREPMETHODCOMBOBOX_H
+#define PREPMETHODCOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+
+#include <tqmap.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class ElementList;
+
+class PrepMethodComboBox : public KComboBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	PrepMethodComboBox( bool, TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, const TQString &specialItem = TQString::null );
+
+	void reload();
+	int id( int row );
+	int id( const TQString &ing );
+	void setSelected( int prepID );
+
+private slots:
+	void createPrepMethod( const Element &element );
+	void removePrepMethod( int id );
+
+	int findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name );
+
+private:
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	TQMap<int, int> prepMethodComboRows; // Contains the prep method id for every given row in the combobox
+	TQString m_specialItem;
+};
+
+#endif //PREPMETHODCOMBOBOX_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/prepmethodlistview.cpp b/src/widgets/prepmethodlistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f1939b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/prepmethodlistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "prepmethodlistview.h"
+
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tdepopupmenu.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "dialogs/createelementdialog.h"
+#include "dialogs/dependanciesdialog.h"
+
+PrepMethodListView::PrepMethodListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : DBListViewBase( parent,db,db->prepMethodCount())
+{
+	setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+	setDefaultRenameAction( TQListView::Reject );
+}
+
+void PrepMethodListView::init()
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( prepMethodCreated( const Element & ) ), TQ_SLOT( checkCreatePrepMethod( const Element & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( prepMethodRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removePrepMethod( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void PrepMethodListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	ElementList prepMethodList;
+	database->loadPrepMethods( &prepMethodList, limit, offset );
+
+	setTotalItems(prepMethodList.count());
+
+	for ( ElementList::const_iterator ing_it = prepMethodList.begin(); ing_it != prepMethodList.end(); ++ing_it )
+		createPrepMethod( *ing_it );
+}
+
+void PrepMethodListView::checkCreatePrepMethod( const Element &el )
+{
+	if ( handleElement(el.name) ) { //only create this prep method if the base class okays it
+		createPrepMethod(el);
+	}
+}
+
+
+StdPrepMethodListView::StdPrepMethodListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : PrepMethodListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Preparation Method" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+
+	if ( editable ) {
+		setRenameable( 0, true );
+
+		TDEIconLoader *il = new TDEIconLoader;
+
+		kpop = new TDEPopupMenu( this );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "document-new", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Create" ), this, TQ_SLOT( createNew() ), CTRL + Key_C );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-delete", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Delete" ), this, TQ_SLOT( remove
+			                  () ), Key_Delete );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Rename" ), this, TQ_SLOT( rename() ), CTRL + Key_R );
+		kpop->polish();
+
+		delete il;
+
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( contextMenu( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ), TQ_SLOT( showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( modPrepMethod( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( itemRenamed( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( savePrepMethod( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::showPopup( TDEListView * /*l*/, TQListViewItem *i, const TQPoint &p )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		kpop->exec( p );
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::createNew()
+{
+	CreateElementDialog * elementDialog = new CreateElementDialog( this, i18n( "New Preparation Method" ) );
+
+	if ( elementDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+		TQString result = elementDialog->newElementName();
+
+		//check bounds first
+		if ( checkBounds( result ) )
+			database->createNewPrepMethod( result ); // Create the new prepMethod in the database
+	}
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::remove
+	()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item ) {
+		ElementList dependingRecipes;
+		int prepMethodID = item->text( 1 ).toInt();
+		database->findPrepMethodDependancies( prepMethodID, &dependingRecipes );
+		if ( dependingRecipes.isEmpty() )
+			database->removePrepMethod( prepMethodID );
+		else // Need Warning!
+		{
+			ListInfo info;
+			info.list = dependingRecipes;
+			info.name = i18n("Recipes");
+			DependanciesDialog warnDialog( this, info );
+			warnDialog.setCustomWarning( i18n("You are about to permanantly delete recipes from your database.") );
+			if ( warnDialog.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted )
+				database->removePrepMethod( prepMethodID );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::rename()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item )
+		PrepMethodListView::rename( item, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::createPrepMethod( const Element &ing )
+{
+	createElement(new TQListViewItem( this, ing.name, TQString::number( ing.id ) ));
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::removePrepMethod( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 1 );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::modPrepMethod( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		PrepMethodListView::rename( i, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdPrepMethodListView::savePrepMethod( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( !checkBounds( i->text( 0 ) ) ) {
+		reload(ForceReload); //reset the changed text
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	int existing_id = database->findExistingPrepByName( i->text( 0 ) );
+	int prep_id = i->text( 1 ).toInt();
+	if ( existing_id != -1 && existing_id != prep_id )  //category already exists with this label... merge the two
+	{
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "This preparation method already exists.  Continuing will merge these two into one.  Are you sure?" ) ) )
+		{
+		case KMessageBox::Continue: {
+				database->mergePrepMethods( existing_id, prep_id );
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			reload(ForceReload);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		database->modPrepMethod( ( i->text( 1 ) ).toInt(), i->text( 0 ) );
+	}
+}
+
+bool StdPrepMethodListView::checkBounds( const TQString &name )
+{
+	if ( name.length() > uint(database->maxPrepMethodNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Preparation method cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxPrepMethodNameLength() ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#include "prepmethodlistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/prepmethodlistview.h b/src/widgets/prepmethodlistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a31fccd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/prepmethodlistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PREPMETHODLISTVIEW_H
+#define PREPMETHODLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.h"
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class TDEPopupMenu;
+
+class PrepMethodListView : public DBListViewBase
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	PrepMethodListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+public slots:
+	virtual void load( int curr_limit, int curr_offset );
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void createPrepMethod( const Element & ) = 0;
+	virtual void removePrepMethod( int ) = 0;
+
+	void checkCreatePrepMethod( const Element &el );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void init();
+};
+
+
+class StdPrepMethodListView : public PrepMethodListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	StdPrepMethodListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createPrepMethod( const Element & );
+	virtual void removePrepMethod( int );
+
+private slots:
+	void showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & );
+
+	void createNew();
+	void remove
+		();
+	void rename();
+
+	void modPrepMethod( TQListViewItem* i );
+	void savePrepMethod( TQListViewItem* i );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const TQString &name );
+
+	TDEPopupMenu *kpop;
+};
+
+#endif //PREPMETHODLISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/propertylistview.cpp b/src/widgets/propertylistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29a3321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/propertylistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "propertylistview.h"
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tdepopupmenu.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "dialogs/createpropertydialog.h"
+
+PropertyCheckListItem::PropertyCheckListItem( TQListView* klv, const IngredientProperty &property ) : TQCheckListItem( klv, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ),
+		m_property( property )
+{
+	//setOn( false ); // Set unchecked by default
+}
+
+PropertyCheckListItem::PropertyCheckListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const IngredientProperty &property ) : TQCheckListItem( it, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox ),
+		m_property( property )
+{
+	//setOn( false ); // Set unchecked by default
+}
+
+TQString PropertyCheckListItem::text( int column ) const
+{
+	switch ( column ) {
+	case 0:
+		return m_property.name;
+		break;
+	case 1:
+		return m_property.units;
+		break;
+	case 2:
+		return TQString::number( m_property.id );
+		break;
+
+	}
+
+	return TQString::null;
+}
+
+
+HidePropertyCheckListItem::HidePropertyCheckListItem( TQListView* klv, const IngredientProperty &property, bool enable ) : PropertyCheckListItem( klv, property )
+{
+	m_holdSettings = true;
+	setOn( enable ); // Set checked by default
+	m_holdSettings = false;
+}
+
+HidePropertyCheckListItem::HidePropertyCheckListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const IngredientProperty &property, bool enable ) : PropertyCheckListItem( it, property )
+{
+	m_holdSettings = true;
+	setOn( enable ); // Set checked by default
+	m_holdSettings = false;
+}
+
+void HidePropertyCheckListItem::stateChange( bool on )
+{
+	if ( !m_holdSettings ) {
+		TDEConfig *config = TDEGlobal::config();
+		config->setGroup("Formatting");
+	
+		config->sync();
+		TQStringList hiddenList = config->readListEntry("HiddenProperties");
+		if ( on )
+			hiddenList.remove(m_property.name);
+		else if ( !hiddenList.contains(m_property.name) )
+			hiddenList.append(m_property.name);
+	
+		config->writeEntry("HiddenProperties",hiddenList);
+	}
+}
+
+PropertyListView::PropertyListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : TDEListView( parent ),
+		database( db )
+{
+	setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+	setDefaultRenameAction( TQListView::Reject );
+
+	connect( db, TQ_SIGNAL( propertyCreated( const IngredientProperty & ) ), TQ_SLOT( createProperty( const IngredientProperty & ) ) );	
+	connect( db, TQ_SIGNAL( propertyRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeProperty( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void PropertyListView::reload()
+{
+	clear(); // Clear the view
+
+	m_loading = true;
+
+	IngredientPropertyList propertyList;
+	database->loadProperties( &propertyList );
+
+	//Populate this data into the TDEListView
+	IngredientPropertyList::const_iterator prop_it;
+	for ( prop_it = propertyList.begin(); prop_it != propertyList.end(); ++prop_it )
+		createProperty( *prop_it );
+
+	m_loading = false;
+}
+
+
+
+StdPropertyListView::StdPropertyListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : PropertyListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Property" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Units" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 2 );
+
+	setSorting( 0 );
+
+	if ( editable ) {
+		setRenameable( 0, true );
+
+		TDEIconLoader *il = new TDEIconLoader;
+
+		kpop = new TDEPopupMenu( this );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "document-new", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Create" ), this, TQ_SLOT( createNew() ), CTRL + Key_C );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit-delete", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Delete" ), this, TQ_SLOT( remove
+			                  () ), Key_Delete );
+		kpop->insertItem( il->loadIcon( "edit", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Rename" ), this, TQ_SLOT( rename() ), CTRL + Key_R );
+		kpop->polish();
+
+		delete il;
+
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( contextMenu( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ), TQ_SLOT( showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( modProperty( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( itemRenamed( TQListViewItem* ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( saveProperty( TQListViewItem* ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::showPopup( TDEListView * /*l*/, TQListViewItem *i, const TQPoint &p )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		kpop->exec( p );
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::createNew()
+{
+	UnitList list;
+	database->loadUnits( &list );
+	CreatePropertyDialog* propertyDialog = new CreatePropertyDialog( this, &list );
+
+	if ( propertyDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+		TQString name = propertyDialog->newPropertyName();
+		TQString units = propertyDialog->newUnitsName();
+		if ( !( ( name.isEmpty() ) || ( units.isEmpty() ) ) )  // Make sure none of the fields are empty
+		{
+			//check bounds first
+			if ( checkBounds( name ) )
+				database->addProperty( name, units );
+		}
+	}
+	delete propertyDialog;
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::remove
+	()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item ) {
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "Are you sure you want to delete this property?" ) ) ) {
+		case KMessageBox::Continue:
+			database->removeProperty( item->text( 2 ).toInt() );
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::rename()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item )
+		PropertyListView::rename( item, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::removeProperty( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 2 );
+
+	Q_ASSERT( item );
+
+	delete item;
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::createProperty( const IngredientProperty &property )
+{
+	( void ) new TQListViewItem( this, property.name, property.units, TQString::number( property.id ) );
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::modProperty( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		PropertyListView::rename( i, 0 );
+}
+
+void StdPropertyListView::saveProperty( TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	if ( !checkBounds( i->text( 0 ) ) ) {
+		reload(); //reset the changed text
+		return ;
+	}
+kdDebug() << "saveProp: " << i->text( 0 ) << endl;
+	int existing_id = database->findExistingPropertyByName( i->text( 0 ) );
+	int prop_id = i->text( 2 ).toInt();
+	if ( existing_id != -1 && existing_id != prop_id )  //category already exists with this label... merge the two
+	{
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "This property already exists.  Continuing will merge these two properties into one.  Are you sure?" ) ) )
+		{
+		case KMessageBox::Continue: {
+				database->mergeProperties( existing_id, prop_id );
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			reload();
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+		database->modProperty( prop_id, i->text( 0 ) );
+}
+
+bool StdPropertyListView::checkBounds( const TQString &name )
+{
+	if ( name.length() > database->maxPropertyNameLength() ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Property name cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxPropertyNameLength() ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+
+PropertyConstraintListView::PropertyConstraintListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : PropertyListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Enabled" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Property" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Min. Value" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Max. Value" ) );
+	addColumn( "Id", 0 ); //hidden, only for internal purposes
+
+	setRenameable( 0, true );
+}
+
+void PropertyConstraintListView::removeProperty( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 4 );
+
+	Q_ASSERT( item );
+
+	delete item;
+}
+
+void PropertyConstraintListView::createProperty( const IngredientProperty &property )
+{
+	( void ) new ConstraintsListItem( this, property );
+}
+
+
+CheckPropertyListView::CheckPropertyListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : StdPropertyListView( parent, db, editable )
+{
+}
+
+void CheckPropertyListView::createProperty( const IngredientProperty &property )
+{
+	( void ) new HidePropertyCheckListItem( this, property, (m_loading)?false:true );
+}
+
+#include "propertylistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/propertylistview.h b/src/widgets/propertylistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62c249f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/propertylistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef PROPERTYLISTVIEW_H
+#define PROPERTYLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include <tdelistview.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+#include "datablocks/ingredientproperty.h"
+#include "datablocks/constraintlist.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class TDEPopupMenu;
+
+class PropertyCheckListItem : public TQCheckListItem
+{
+public:
+	PropertyCheckListItem( TQListView* klv, const IngredientProperty &property );
+	PropertyCheckListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const IngredientProperty &property );
+
+	~PropertyCheckListItem( void )
+	{}
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const;
+
+	IngredientProperty property() const
+	{
+		return m_property;
+	}
+
+protected:
+	IngredientProperty m_property;
+
+};
+
+class HidePropertyCheckListItem : public PropertyCheckListItem
+{
+public:
+	HidePropertyCheckListItem( TQListView* klv, const IngredientProperty &property, bool enable = false );
+	HidePropertyCheckListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const IngredientProperty &property, bool enable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void stateChange( bool on );
+
+private:
+	bool m_holdSettings;
+};
+
+
+class ConstraintsListItem: public TQCheckListItem
+{
+public:
+	ConstraintsListItem( TQListView* klv, const IngredientProperty &pty ) : TQCheckListItem( klv, TQString::null, TQCheckListItem::CheckBox )
+	{
+		// Initialize the constraint data with the the property data
+		ctStored = new Constraint();
+		ctStored->id = pty.id;
+		ctStored->name = pty.name;
+		ctStored->perUnit = pty.perUnit;
+		ctStored->units = pty.units;
+		ctStored->max = 0;
+		ctStored->min = 0;
+	}
+
+	~ConstraintsListItem( void )
+	{
+		delete ctStored;
+	}
+
+private:
+	Constraint *ctStored;
+
+public:
+	void setConstraint( const Constraint &constraint )
+	{
+		delete ctStored;
+		ctStored = new Constraint( constraint );
+
+		setOn( ctStored->enabled );
+	}
+	double maxVal()
+	{
+		return ctStored->max;
+	}
+	double minVal()
+	{
+		return ctStored->min;
+	}
+	int propertyId()
+	{
+		return ctStored->id;
+	}
+	void setMax( double maxValue )
+	{
+		ctStored->max = maxValue;
+		setText( 3, TQString::number( maxValue ) );
+	}
+	void setMin( double minValue )
+	{
+		ctStored->min = minValue;
+		setText( 2, TQString::number( minValue ) );
+	}
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const
+	{
+		switch ( column ) {
+		case 1:
+			return ( ctStored->name );
+		case 2:
+			return ( TQString::number( ctStored->min ) );
+		case 3:
+			return ( TQString::number( ctStored->max ) );
+		case 4:
+			return ( TQString::number( ctStored->id ) );
+		default:
+			return ( TQString::null );
+		}
+	}
+};
+
+
+class PropertyListView : public TDEListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	PropertyListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB * );
+
+public slots:
+	void reload( void );
+
+protected:
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	bool m_loading;
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void removeProperty( int id ) = 0;
+	virtual void createProperty( const IngredientProperty &property ) = 0;
+};
+
+
+
+class StdPropertyListView : public PropertyListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	StdPropertyListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *, bool editable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void removeProperty( int id );
+	virtual void createProperty( const IngredientProperty &property );
+
+private slots:
+	void showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & );
+
+	void createNew();
+	void remove
+		();
+	void rename();
+
+	void modProperty( TQListViewItem* i );
+	void saveProperty( TQListViewItem* i );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const TQString &name );
+
+	TDEPopupMenu *kpop;
+};
+
+
+
+class PropertyConstraintListView : public PropertyListView
+{
+public:
+	PropertyConstraintListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB * );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void removeProperty( int id );
+	virtual void createProperty( const IngredientProperty &property );
+};
+
+class CheckPropertyListView : public StdPropertyListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	CheckPropertyListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *, bool editable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createProperty( const IngredientProperty &property );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const TQString &name );
+};
+
+#endif //PROPERTYLISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/ratingdisplaywidget.ui b/src/widgets/ratingdisplaywidget.ui
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd1380e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ratingdisplaywidget.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.1" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>RatingDisplayWidget</class>
+<widget class="TQWidget">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>RatingDisplayWidget</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>533</width>
+            <height>211</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="paletteBackgroundColor">
+        <color>
+            <red>250</red>
+            <green>248</green>
+            <blue>241</blue>
+        </color>
+    </property>
+    <hbox>
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>layout4</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <spacer>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>spacer2_2</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="orientation">
+                        <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeType">
+                        <enum>Fixed</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeHint">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>21</width>
+                            <height>20</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </spacer>
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>icon</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="minimumSize">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>76</width>
+                            <height>0</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string></string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="alignment">
+                        <set>AlignCenter</set>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <spacer>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>spacer2</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="orientation">
+                        <enum>Vertical</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeType">
+                        <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizeHint">
+                        <size>
+                            <width>21</width>
+                            <height>80</height>
+                        </size>
+                    </property>
+                </spacer>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+        <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
+            <property name="name">
+                <cstring>layout5</cstring>
+            </property>
+            <vbox>
+                <property name="name">
+                    <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                </property>
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>raterName</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="font">
+                        <font>
+                            <bold>1</bold>
+                        </font>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Rater</string>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="TDEListView">
+                    <column>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Criteria</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="clickable">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="resizable">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                    </column>
+                    <column>
+                        <property name="text">
+                            <string>Stars</string>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="clickable">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                        <property name="resizable">
+                            <bool>true</bool>
+                        </property>
+                    </column>
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>criteriaListView</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>5</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>5</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>1</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="selectionMode" stdset="0">
+                        <enum>NoSelection</enum>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="TQLabel">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>comment</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="sizePolicy">
+                        <sizepolicy>
+                            <hsizetype>7</hsizetype>
+                            <vsizetype>7</vsizetype>
+                            <horstretch>0</horstretch>
+                            <verstretch>0</verstretch>
+                        </sizepolicy>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="text">
+                        <string>Comments</string>
+                    </property>
+                    <property name="alignment">
+                        <set>WordBreak|AlignTop</set>
+                    </property>
+                </widget>
+                <widget class="TQLayoutWidget">
+                    <property name="name">
+                        <cstring>layout4</cstring>
+                    </property>
+                    <hbox>
+                        <property name="name">
+                            <cstring>unnamed</cstring>
+                        </property>
+                        <spacer>
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>spacer</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="orientation">
+                                <enum>Horizontal</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeType">
+                                <enum>Expanding</enum>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="sizeHint">
+                                <size>
+                                    <width>150</width>
+                                    <height>20</height>
+                                </size>
+                            </property>
+                        </spacer>
+                        <widget class="KPushButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>buttonRemove</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Remove</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                        <widget class="KPushButton">
+                            <property name="name">
+                                <cstring>buttonEdit</cstring>
+                            </property>
+                            <property name="text">
+                                <string>Edit...</string>
+                            </property>
+                        </widget>
+                    </hbox>
+                </widget>
+            </vbox>
+        </widget>
+    </hbox>
+</widget>
+<includes>
+    <include location="local" impldecl="in declaration">datablocks/rating.h</include>
+</includes>
+<variables>
+    <variable access="public">RatingList::iterator rating_it;</variable>
+</variables>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="6"/>
+<layoutfunctions spacing="KDialog::spacingHint" margin="KDialog::marginHint"/>
+<includes>
+    <include location="global" impldecl="in implementation">kpushbutton.h</include>
+    <include location="global" impldecl="in implementation">tdelistview.h</include>
+</includes>
+</UI>
diff --git a/src/widgets/ratingwidget.cpp b/src/widgets/ratingwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10f35af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ratingwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+    copyright            : (C) 2003-2005 by Robby Stephenson
+    email                : robby@periapsis.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as  *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation;                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "ratingwidget.h"
+
+#include <tdeglobal.h> // needed for KMAX
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include <tqintdict.h>
+#include <tqlayout.h>
+
+namespace {
+  static const int RATING_WIDGET_MAX_STAR_SIZE = 24;
+}
+
+const TQPixmap& RatingWidget::pixmap(const TQString& value_) {
+  static TQIntDict<TQPixmap> pixmaps;
+  if(pixmaps.isEmpty()) {
+    pixmaps.insert(-1, new TQPixmap());
+  }
+  bool ok;
+  int n = value_.toInt(&ok);
+  if(!ok || n < 1 || n > 10) {
+    return *pixmaps[-1];
+  }
+  if(pixmaps[n]) {
+    return *pixmaps[n];
+  }
+
+  TQString picName = TQString::fromLatin1("stars%1").arg(n);
+  TQPixmap* pix = new TQPixmap(UserIcon(picName));
+  pixmaps.insert(n, pix);
+  return *pix;
+}
+
+RatingWidget::RatingWidget(int stars, TQWidget* parent_, const char* name_/*=0*/)
+    : TQHBox(parent_, name_), m_currIndex(-1), m_min(0), m_max(stars*2) {
+  m_pixOn = UserIcon(TQString::fromLatin1("star_on"));
+  m_pixOff = UserIcon(TQString::fromLatin1("star_off"));
+  m_pixHalf = UserIcon(TQString::fromLatin1("star_half"));
+  setSpacing(0);
+
+  // find maximum width and height
+  int w = KMAX(RATING_WIDGET_MAX_STAR_SIZE, KMAX(m_pixOn.width(), m_pixOff.width()));
+  int h = KMAX(RATING_WIDGET_MAX_STAR_SIZE, KMAX(m_pixOn.height(), m_pixOff.height()));
+  for(int i = 0; i < stars; ++i) {
+    TQLabel* l = new TQLabel(this);
+    l->setFixedSize(w, h);
+    m_widgets.append(l);
+  }
+  init();
+
+  TQBoxLayout* l = dynamic_cast<TQBoxLayout*>(layout());
+  if(l) {
+    l->addStretch(1);
+  }
+}
+
+void RatingWidget::init() {
+  m_total = KMIN(m_max/2, static_cast<int>(m_widgets.count()));
+  uint i = 0;
+  for( ; static_cast<int>(i) < m_total; ++i) {
+    m_widgets.at(i)->setPixmap(m_pixOff);
+  }
+  for( ; i < m_widgets.count(); ++i) {
+    m_widgets.at(i)->setPixmap(TQPixmap());
+  }
+  update();
+}
+
+void RatingWidget::update() {
+  int i = 0;
+  for( ; i <= (m_currIndex-1)/2; ++i) {
+    m_widgets.at(i)->setPixmap(m_pixOn);
+  }
+  for( ; i < m_total; ++i) {
+    m_widgets.at(i)->setPixmap(m_pixOff);
+  }
+
+  if ( m_currIndex % 2 == 0 ) {
+    m_widgets.at(m_currIndex/2)->setPixmap(m_pixHalf);
+  }
+
+  TQHBox::update();
+}
+
+void RatingWidget::mousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent* event_) {
+  // only react to left button
+  if(event_->button() != TQt::LeftButton) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  int idx;
+  TQWidget* child = childAt(event_->pos());
+  bool left = false;
+  if(child) {
+    TQRect child_geom_left_half = child->geometry();
+    child_geom_left_half.setWidth(child_geom_left_half.width()/2);
+    if ( child_geom_left_half.contains(event_->pos()) )
+      left = true;
+
+    idx = m_widgets.findRef(static_cast<TQLabel*>(child));
+    // if the widget is clicked beyond the maximum value, clear it
+    // remember total and min are values, but index is zero-based!
+    if(idx > m_total-1) {
+      idx = -1;
+    } else if(idx < m_min-1) {
+      idx = m_min-1; // limit to minimum, remember index is zero-based
+    }
+  } else {
+    idx = -1;
+  }
+
+    int oldCurrent = m_currIndex;
+
+    m_currIndex = idx*2+1;
+
+    if ( left )
+      m_currIndex--;
+
+    if ( oldCurrent != m_currIndex ) {
+      update();
+      emit modified();
+    }
+}
+
+void RatingWidget::clear() {
+  m_currIndex = -1;
+  update();
+}
+
+TQString RatingWidget::text() const {
+  // index is index of the list, which is zero-based. Add 1!
+  return m_currIndex == -1 ? TQString::null : TQString::number(double(m_currIndex+1)/2);
+}
+
+void RatingWidget::setText(const TQString& text_) {
+  bool ok;
+  // text is value, subtract one to get index
+  m_currIndex =text_.toInt(&ok)-1;
+  if(ok) {
+    if(m_currIndex > m_total-1) {
+      m_currIndex = -1;
+    } else if(m_currIndex < m_min-1) {
+      m_currIndex = m_min-1; // limit to minimum, remember index is zero-based
+    }
+  } else {
+    m_currIndex = -1;
+  }
+  update();
+}
+
+#include "ratingwidget.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/ratingwidget.h b/src/widgets/ratingwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a603def
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/ratingwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+    copyright            : (C) 2003-2005 by Robby Stephenson
+    email                : robby@periapsis.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as  *
+ *   published by the Free Software Foundation;                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef RATINGWIDGET_H
+#define RATINGWIDGET_H
+
+#include <tqhbox.h>
+#include <tqptrlist.h>
+#include <tqlabel.h>
+#include <tqpixmap.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
+
+/**
+ * @author Robby Stephenson
+ */
+class RatingWidget : public TQHBox {
+TQ_OBJECT
+
+typedef TQPtrList<TQLabel> LabelList;
+
+public:
+  RatingWidget(int stars, TQWidget* parent, const char* name = 0);
+
+  void clear();
+  TQString text() const;
+  void setText(const TQString& text);
+
+  static const TQPixmap& pixmap(const TQString& value);
+
+public slots:
+  void update();
+
+signals:
+  void modified();
+
+protected:
+  virtual void mousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent* e);
+
+private:
+  void init();
+
+  LabelList m_widgets;
+
+  int m_currIndex;
+  int m_total;
+  int m_min;
+  int m_max;
+
+  TQPixmap m_pixOn;
+  TQPixmap m_pixOff;
+  TQPixmap m_pixHalf;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/src/widgets/recipelistview.cpp b/src/widgets/recipelistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..536d06c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/recipelistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "recipelistview.h"
+
+#include <tqintdict.h>
+#include <tqdatastream.h>
+#include <tqtooltip.h>
+
+#include <tdeapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <kprogress.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+
+class UncategorizedItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	UncategorizedItem( TQListView *lv ) : TQListViewItem( lv, i18n("Uncategorized") ){}
+	int rtti() const { return 1006; }
+};
+
+RecipeItemDrag::RecipeItemDrag( RecipeListItem *recipeItem, TQWidget *dragSource, const char *name )
+		: TQStoredDrag( RECIPEITEMMIMETYPE, dragSource, name )
+{
+	if ( recipeItem ) {
+		TQByteArray data;
+		TQDataStream out( data, IO_WriteOnly );
+		out << recipeItem->recipeID();
+		out << recipeItem->title();
+		setEncodedData( data );
+	}
+}
+
+bool RecipeItemDrag::canDecode( TQMimeSource* e )
+{
+	return e->provides( RECIPEITEMMIMETYPE );
+}
+
+bool RecipeItemDrag::decode( const TQMimeSource* e, RecipeListItem& item )
+{
+	if ( !e )
+		return false;
+
+	TQByteArray data = e->encodedData( RECIPEITEMMIMETYPE );
+	if ( data.isEmpty() )
+		return false;
+
+	TQString title;
+	int recipeID;
+	TQDataStream in( data, IO_ReadOnly );
+	in >> recipeID;
+	in >> title;
+
+	item.setTitle( title );
+	item.setRecipeID( recipeID );
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+class RecipeListToolTip : public TQToolTip
+{
+public:
+	RecipeListToolTip( RecipeListView *view ) : TQToolTip(view->viewport()), m_view(view)
+	{}
+
+	void maybeTip( const TQPoint &point )
+	{
+		TQListViewItem *item = m_view->itemAt( point );
+		if ( item ) {
+			TQString text = m_view->tooltip(item,0);
+			if ( !text.isEmpty() )
+				tip( m_view->itemRect( item ), text );
+		}
+	}
+
+private:
+	RecipeListView *m_view;
+
+};
+
+
+RecipeListView::RecipeListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : StdCategoryListView( parent, db ),
+		flat_list( false ),
+		m_uncat_item(0),
+		m_progress_dlg(0)
+{
+	setColumnText( 0, i18n( "Recipe" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig *config = TDEGlobal::config(); config->setGroup( "Performance" );
+	curr_limit = config->readNumEntry("CategoryLimit",-1);
+
+	TDEIconLoader il;
+	setPixmap( il.loadIcon( "categories", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ) );
+
+	setSelectionMode( TQListView::Extended );
+
+	(void)new RecipeListToolTip(this);
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::init()
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( recipeCreated( const Element &, const ElementList & ) ), TQ_SLOT( createRecipe( const Element &, const ElementList & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( recipeRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeRecipe( int ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( recipeRemoved( int, int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeRecipe( int, int ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( recipeModified( const Element &, const ElementList & ) ), TQ_SLOT( modifyRecipe( const Element &, const ElementList & ) ) );
+
+	StdCategoryListView::init();
+}
+
+TQDragObject *RecipeListView::dragObject()
+{
+	RecipeListItem * item = dynamic_cast<RecipeListItem*>( currentItem() );
+	if ( item != 0 ) {
+		RecipeItemDrag * obj = new RecipeItemDrag( item, this, "Recipe drag item" );
+		/*const TQPixmap *pm = item->pixmap(0);
+		if( pm )
+			obj->setPixmap( *pm );*/ 
+		return obj;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+bool RecipeListView::acceptDrag( TQDropEvent *event ) const
+{
+	return RecipeItemDrag::canDecode( event );
+}
+
+TQString RecipeListView::tooltip(TQListViewItem *item, int /*column*/) const
+{
+	if ( item->rtti() == RECIPELISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+		RecipeListItem *recipe_it = (RecipeListItem*)item;
+
+		Recipe r;
+ 		database->loadRecipe(&r,RecipeDB::Meta|RecipeDB::Noatime,recipe_it->recipeID() );
+
+		TDELocale *locale = TDEGlobal::locale();
+
+		return TQString("<center><b>%7</b></center><center>__________</center>%1 %2<br />%3 %4<br />%5 %6")
+		   .arg(i18n("Created:")).arg(locale->formatDateTime(r.ctime))
+		   .arg(i18n("Modified:")).arg(locale->formatDateTime(r.mtime))
+		   .arg(i18n("Last Accessed:")).arg(locale->formatDateTime(r.atime))
+		   .arg(recipe_it->title());
+	}/* Maybe this would be handy
+	else if ( item->rtti() == CATEGORYLISTITEM_RTTI ) {
+		CategoryListItem *cat_it = (CategoryListItem*)item;
+
+		return TQString("<b>%1</b><hr />%2: %3")
+		   .arg(cat_it->categoryName())
+		   .arg(i18n("Recipes"))
+		   .arg(TQString::number(WHATEVER THE CHILD COUNT IS));
+	}*/
+
+	return TQString::null;
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::load(int limit, int offset)
+{
+	m_uncat_item = 0;
+
+	if ( flat_list ) {
+		ElementList recipeList;
+		database->loadRecipeList( &recipeList );
+
+		ElementList::const_iterator recipe_it;
+		for ( recipe_it = recipeList.begin();recipe_it != recipeList.end();++recipe_it ) {
+			Recipe recipe;
+			recipe.recipeID = ( *recipe_it ).id;
+			recipe.title = ( *recipe_it ).name;
+			createRecipe( recipe, -1 );
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		StdCategoryListView::load(limit,offset);
+
+		if ( offset == 0 ) {
+			ElementList recipeList;
+			database->loadUncategorizedRecipes( &recipeList );
+
+			ElementList::const_iterator recipe_it;
+			for ( recipe_it = recipeList.begin();recipe_it != recipeList.end();++recipe_it ) {
+				Recipe recipe;
+				recipe.recipeID = ( *recipe_it ).id;
+				recipe.title = ( *recipe_it ).name;
+				createRecipe( recipe, -1 );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::populate( TQListViewItem *item )
+{
+	CategoryItemInfo *cat_item = dynamic_cast<CategoryItemInfo*>(item);
+	if ( !cat_item || cat_item->isPopulated() ) return;
+
+	delete item->firstChild(); //delete the "pseudo item"
+
+	if ( m_progress_dlg ){
+		m_progress_dlg->progressBar()->advance(1);
+		kapp->processEvents();
+	}
+
+	StdCategoryListView::populate(item);
+
+	if ( !flat_list ) {
+		int id = cat_item->categoryId();
+
+		// Now show the recipes
+		ElementList recipeList;
+		database->loadRecipeList( &recipeList, id );
+
+		ElementList::const_iterator recipe_it;
+		for ( recipe_it = recipeList.begin(); recipe_it != recipeList.end(); ++recipe_it ) {
+			Recipe recipe;
+			recipe.recipeID = ( *recipe_it ).id;
+			recipe.title = ( *recipe_it ).name;
+			createRecipe( recipe, id );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::populateAll( TQListViewItem *parent )
+{
+	bool first = false;
+	if ( !parent ) {
+		first = true;
+		m_progress_dlg = new KProgressDialog(this,"populate_all_prog_dlg",TQString::null,i18n("Loading recipes"),true);
+		m_progress_dlg->setAllowCancel(false);
+		m_progress_dlg->progressBar()->setTotalSteps(0);
+		m_progress_dlg->progressBar()->setPercentageVisible(false);
+
+		m_progress_dlg->grabKeyboard(); //don't let the user keep hitting keys
+
+		parent = firstChild();
+	}
+	else {
+		populate( parent );
+		parent = parent->firstChild();
+	}
+
+	for ( TQListViewItem *item = parent; item; item = item->nextSibling() ) {
+		if ( m_progress_dlg && m_progress_dlg->wasCancelled() )
+			break;
+
+		populateAll( item );
+	}
+
+	if ( first ) {
+		delete m_progress_dlg;
+		m_progress_dlg = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::createRecipe( const Recipe &recipe, int parent_id )
+{
+	if ( parent_id == -1 ) {
+		if ( !m_uncat_item && curr_offset == 0 ) {
+			m_uncat_item = new UncategorizedItem(this);
+			if ( childCount() == 1 ) 		//only call createElement if this is the only item in the list
+				createElement(m_uncat_item);	//otherwise, this item won't stay at the top
+		}
+
+		if ( m_uncat_item )
+			new RecipeListItem( m_uncat_item, recipe );
+	}
+	else {
+		CategoryListItem *parent = (CategoryListItem*)items_map[ parent_id ];
+		if ( parent && parent->isPopulated() )
+			createElement(new RecipeListItem( parent, recipe ));
+	}
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::createRecipe( const Element &recipe_el, const ElementList &categories )
+{
+	Recipe recipe;
+	recipe.recipeID = recipe_el.id;
+	recipe.title = recipe_el.name;
+
+	if ( categories.count() == 0 ) {
+		createRecipe( recipe, -1 );
+	}
+	else {
+		for ( ElementList::const_iterator cat_it = categories.begin(); cat_it != categories.end(); ++cat_it ) {
+			int cur_cat_id = ( *cat_it ).id;
+
+			TQListViewItemIterator iterator( this );
+			while ( iterator.current() ) {
+				if ( iterator.current() ->rtti() == 1001 ) {
+					CategoryListItem * cat_item = ( CategoryListItem* ) iterator.current();
+					if ( cat_item->categoryId() == cur_cat_id ) {
+						createRecipe( recipe, cur_cat_id );
+					}
+				}
+				++iterator;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::createElement( TQListViewItem *item )
+{
+	CategoryItemInfo *cat_item = dynamic_cast<CategoryItemInfo*>(item);
+	if ( cat_item && !cat_item->isPopulated() ) {
+		new PseudoListItem( item );
+	}
+
+	//if ( cat_item && !cat_item->isPopulated() && item->rtti() == RECIPELISTITEM_RTTI )
+	//	return;
+
+	#if 0
+	ElementList list;
+	database->loadRecipeList( &list, cat_item->categoryId() );
+	if ( list.count() > 0 )
+	#endif
+
+	CategoryListView::createElement(item);
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::modifyRecipe( const Element &recipe, const ElementList &categories )
+{
+	removeRecipe( recipe.id );
+	createRecipe( recipe, categories );
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::removeRecipe( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItemIterator iterator( this );
+	while ( iterator.current() ) {
+		if ( iterator.current() ->rtti() == 1000 ) {
+			RecipeListItem * recipe_it = ( RecipeListItem* ) iterator.current();
+			if ( recipe_it->recipeID() == id ) {
+				removeElement(recipe_it);
+
+				//delete the "Uncategorized" item if we removed the last recipe that was under it
+				if ( m_uncat_item && m_uncat_item->childCount() == 0 ) {
+					delete m_uncat_item;
+					m_uncat_item = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		++iterator;
+	}
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::removeRecipe( int recipe_id, int cat_id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = items_map[ cat_id ];
+
+	//find out if this is the only category the recipe belongs to
+	int finds = 0;
+	TQListViewItemIterator iterator( this );
+	while ( iterator.current() ) {
+		if ( iterator.current() ->rtti() == 1000 ) {
+			RecipeListItem * recipe_it = ( RecipeListItem* ) iterator.current();
+
+			if ( recipe_it->recipeID() == recipe_id ) {
+				if ( finds > 1 )
+					break;
+				finds++;
+			}
+		}
+		++iterator;
+	}
+
+	//do this to only iterate over children of 'item'
+	TQListViewItem *pEndItem = NULL;
+	TQListViewItem *pStartItem = item;
+	do {
+		if ( pStartItem->nextSibling() )
+			pEndItem = pStartItem->nextSibling();
+		else
+			pStartItem = pStartItem->parent();
+	}
+	while ( pStartItem && !pEndItem );
+
+	iterator = TQListViewItemIterator( item );
+	while ( iterator.current() != pEndItem ) {
+		if ( iterator.current() ->rtti() == 1000 ) {
+			RecipeListItem * recipe_it = ( RecipeListItem* ) iterator.current();
+
+			if ( recipe_it->recipeID() == recipe_id ) {
+				
+				if ( finds == 1 ) {
+					//the item is now uncategorized
+					if ( !m_uncat_item && curr_offset == 0 )
+						m_uncat_item = new UncategorizedItem(this);
+					if ( m_uncat_item ) {
+						Recipe r;
+						r.title = recipe_it->title(); r.recipeID = recipe_id;
+						new RecipeListItem(m_uncat_item,r);
+					}
+				}
+				removeElement(recipe_it);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		++iterator;
+	}
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::removeCategory( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = items_map[ id ];
+	if ( !item )
+		return ; //this may have been deleted already by its parent being deleted
+
+	moveChildrenToRoot( item );
+
+	StdCategoryListView::removeCategory( id );
+}
+
+void RecipeListView::moveChildrenToRoot( TQListViewItem *item )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * next_sibling;
+	for ( TQListViewItem * it = item->firstChild(); it; it = next_sibling ) {
+		next_sibling = it->nextSibling();
+		if ( it->rtti() == 1000 ) {
+			RecipeListItem *recipe_it = (RecipeListItem*) it;
+			Recipe r;
+			r.title = recipe_it->title(); r.recipeID = recipe_it->recipeID();
+
+			//the item is now uncategorized
+			removeElement(it,false);
+			it->parent() ->takeItem( it );
+			if ( !m_uncat_item && curr_offset == 0 )
+				m_uncat_item = new UncategorizedItem(this);
+			if ( m_uncat_item )
+				new RecipeListItem(m_uncat_item,r);
+		}
+		moveChildrenToRoot( it );
+		delete it;
+	}
+}
+
+#include "recipelistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/recipelistview.h b/src/widgets/recipelistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..642f768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/recipelistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*                                                                         *
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef RECIPELISTVIEW_H
+#define RECIPELISTVIEW_H
+
+#include <tqdragobject.h>
+
+#include "categorylistview.h"
+#include "datablocks/recipe.h"
+
+class TQDragObject;
+class TQDropEvent;
+
+class KProgressDialog;
+
+class RecipeDB;
+
+#define RECIPELISTITEM_RTTI 1000
+
+#define RECIPEITEMMIMETYPE "data/x-kde.recipe.item"
+
+class RecipeListItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	RecipeListItem( TQListView* qlv, const Recipe &r ) : TQListViewItem( qlv )
+	{
+		init( r );
+	}
+
+	RecipeListItem( TQListView* qlv, TQListViewItem *after, const Recipe &r ) : TQListViewItem( qlv, after )
+	{
+		init( r );
+	}
+
+	RecipeListItem( CategoryListItem* it, const Recipe &r ) : TQListViewItem( it )
+	{
+		init( r );
+	}
+
+	RecipeListItem( CategoryListItem* it, TQListViewItem *after, const Recipe &r ) : TQListViewItem( it, after )
+	{
+		init( r );
+	}
+
+	RecipeListItem( TQListViewItem* it, const Recipe &r ) : TQListViewItem( it )
+	{
+		init( r );
+	}
+
+	int rtti() const
+	{
+		return RECIPELISTITEM_RTTI;
+	}
+
+	~RecipeListItem( void )
+	{
+		delete recipeStored;
+	}
+
+	int recipeID() const
+	{
+		return recipeStored->recipeID;
+	}
+	TQString title() const
+	{
+		return recipeStored->title;
+	}
+
+	void setRecipeID( int id )
+	{
+		recipeStored->recipeID = id;
+	}
+	void setTitle( const TQString &title )
+	{
+		recipeStored->title = title;
+	}
+
+protected:
+	Recipe *recipeStored;
+
+public:
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const
+	{
+		switch ( column ) {
+		case 0:
+			return ( recipeStored->title );
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			return ( TQString::number( recipeStored->recipeID ) );
+			break;
+		default:
+			return ( TQString::null );
+		}
+	}
+
+private:
+	void init( const Recipe &r )
+	{
+		recipeStored = new Recipe();
+
+		//note: we only store the title and id
+		recipeStored->recipeID = r.recipeID;
+		recipeStored->title = r.title;
+	}
+};
+
+class RecipeItemDrag : public TQStoredDrag
+{
+public:
+	RecipeItemDrag( RecipeListItem *recipeItem, TQWidget *dragSource = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+	static bool canDecode( TQMimeSource* e );
+	static bool decode( const TQMimeSource* e, RecipeListItem& item );
+};
+
+class RecipeListView : public StdCategoryListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	RecipeListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+public slots:
+	void populateAll( TQListViewItem *parent = 0 );
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void createRecipe( const Recipe &, int parent_id );
+	virtual void createRecipe( const Element &recipe, const ElementList &categories );
+	virtual void modifyRecipe( const Element &recipe, const ElementList &categories );
+	virtual void removeRecipe( int );
+	virtual void removeRecipe( int, int );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void init();
+	virtual void createElement( TQListViewItem * );
+	virtual void removeCategory( int id );
+	virtual TQDragObject *dragObject();
+	virtual bool acceptDrag( TQDropEvent *event ) const;
+	virtual void populate( TQListViewItem *item );
+	virtual TQString tooltip(TQListViewItem *item, int column) const;
+
+	friend class RecipeListToolTip;
+
+	void load(int limit, int offset);
+
+private:
+	void moveChildrenToRoot( TQListViewItem * );
+
+	bool flat_list;
+	TQListViewItem *m_uncat_item;
+	TQListViewItem *lastElementCurrLevel;
+
+	KProgressDialog *m_progress_dlg;
+};
+
+#endif //RECIPELISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/unitcombobox.cpp b/src/widgets/unitcombobox.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..526f61a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/unitcombobox.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "unitcombobox.h"
+
+#include <tqlistbox.h>
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/elementlist.h"
+
+UnitComboBox::UnitComboBox( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, Unit::Type type ) : KComboBox( parent ),
+		database( db ), m_type(type)
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( unitCreated( const Unit & ) ), TQ_SLOT( createUnit( const Unit & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( unitRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeUnit( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void UnitComboBox::popup()
+{
+	if ( count() == 1 )
+		reload();
+	KComboBox::popup();
+}
+
+Unit UnitComboBox::unit() const
+{
+	Unit u;
+	u.name = currentText();
+	u.id = id(currentItem());
+	return u;
+}
+
+void UnitComboBox::reload()
+{
+	TQString remember_filter = currentText();
+
+	UnitList unitList;
+	database->loadUnits( &unitList, m_type );
+
+	clear();
+	unitComboRows.clear();
+
+	//Now load the categories
+	loadUnits(unitList);
+
+	if ( listBox()->findItem( remember_filter, TQt::ExactMatch ) ) {
+		setCurrentText( remember_filter );
+	}
+}
+
+void UnitComboBox::loadUnits( const UnitList &unitList )
+{
+	int row = 0;
+	for ( UnitList::const_iterator it = unitList.begin(); it != unitList.end(); ++it ) {
+		insertItem( (*it).name );
+		unitComboRows.insert( row, (*it).id ); // store unit id's in the combobox position to obtain the unit id later
+		row++;
+	}
+}
+
+void UnitComboBox::setSelected( int unitID )
+{
+	//do a reverse lookup on the row->id map
+	TQMap<int, int>::const_iterator it;
+	for ( it = unitComboRows.begin(); it != unitComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.data() == unitID ) {
+			setCurrentItem(it.key());
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+int UnitComboBox::id( int row ) const
+{
+	return unitComboRows[ row ];
+}
+
+void UnitComboBox::createUnit( const Unit &element )
+{
+	int row = findInsertionPoint( element.name );
+
+	insertItem( element.name, row );
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item down
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = unitComboRows.begin(); it != unitComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() >= row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() + 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	unitComboRows = new_map;
+	unitComboRows.insert( row, element.id );
+}
+
+void UnitComboBox::removeUnit( int id )
+{
+	int row = -1;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = unitComboRows.begin(); it != unitComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.data() == id ) {
+			row = it.key();
+			removeItem( row );
+			unitComboRows.remove( it );
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( row == -1 )
+		return ;
+
+	//now update the map by pushing everything after this item up
+	TQMap<int, int> new_map;
+	for ( TQMap<int, int>::iterator it = unitComboRows.begin(); it != unitComboRows.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( it.key() > row ) {
+			new_map.insert( it.key() - 1, it.data() );
+		}
+		else
+			new_map.insert( it.key(), it.data() );
+	}
+	unitComboRows = new_map;
+}
+
+int UnitComboBox::findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name )
+{
+	for ( int i = 1; i < count(); i++ ) {
+		if ( TQString::localeAwareCompare( name, text( i ) ) < 0 )
+			return i;
+	}
+
+	return count();
+}
+
+#include "unitcombobox.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/unitcombobox.h b/src/widgets/unitcombobox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd75107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/unitcombobox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UNITCOMBOBOX_H
+#define UNITCOMBOBOX_H
+
+#include <kcombobox.h>
+
+#include <tqmap.h>
+
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+
+class UnitComboBox : public KComboBox
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	UnitComboBox( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, Unit::Type type = Unit::All );
+
+	void reload();
+	int id( int row ) const;
+	void setSelected( int unitID );
+	Unit unit() const;
+
+protected:
+	virtual void popup();
+
+private slots:
+	void createUnit( const Unit & );
+	void removeUnit( int id );
+
+	int findInsertionPoint( const TQString &name );
+
+private:
+	void loadUnits( const UnitList &unitList );
+
+	RecipeDB *database;
+	TQMap<int, int> unitComboRows; // Contains the unit id for every given row in the unit combobox
+	Unit::Type m_type;
+};
+
+#endif //UNITCOMBOBOX_H
+
diff --git a/src/widgets/unitlistview.cpp b/src/widgets/unitlistview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c70b1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/unitlistview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "unitlistview.h"
+
+#include <tqcombobox.h>
+#include <tqheader.h>
+
+#include <tdemessagebox.h>
+#include <tdeconfig.h>
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+#include <tdeglobal.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <tdepopupmenu.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "dialogs/createunitdialog.h"
+#include "dialogs/dependanciesdialog.h"
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+
+class UnitListViewItem : public TQListViewItem
+{
+public:
+	UnitListViewItem( TQListView* qlv, const Unit &u ) : TQListViewItem( qlv ), m_unit(u)
+	{
+		updateType(m_unit.type);
+	}
+
+	virtual TQString text( int column ) const
+	{
+		switch ( column ) {
+		case 0: return m_unit.name;
+		case 1: return m_unit.name_abbrev;
+		case 2: return m_unit.plural;
+		case 3: return m_unit.plural_abbrev;
+		case 4: return m_type;
+		case 5: return TQString::number(m_unit.id);
+		default: return TQString::null;
+		}
+	}
+
+	void setType( Unit::Type type ){ m_unit.type = type; updateType(type); }
+
+	Unit unit() const { return m_unit; };
+	void setUnit( const Unit &u ) { m_unit = u; }
+
+protected:
+	virtual void setText( int column, const TQString &text ) {
+		switch ( column ) {
+		case 0: m_unit.name = text; break;
+		case 1: m_unit.name_abbrev = text; break;
+		case 2: m_unit.plural = text; break;
+		case 3: m_unit.plural_abbrev = text; break;
+		}
+	}
+
+private:
+	void updateType( Unit::Type t ) {
+		switch ( t ) {
+		case Unit::Other: m_type = i18n("Other"); break;
+		case Unit::Mass: m_type = i18n("Mass"); break;
+		case Unit::Volume: m_type = i18n("Volume"); break;
+		default: break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Unit m_unit;
+	TQString m_type;
+};
+
+UnitListView::UnitListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db ) : DBListViewBase( parent,db,db->unitCount() )
+{
+	setAllColumnsShowFocus( true );
+	setDefaultRenameAction( TQListView::Reject );
+}
+
+void UnitListView::init()
+{
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( unitCreated( const Unit & ) ), TQ_SLOT( checkCreateUnit( const Unit & ) ) );
+	connect( database, TQ_SIGNAL( unitRemoved( int ) ), TQ_SLOT( removeUnit( int ) ) );
+}
+
+void UnitListView::load( int limit, int offset )
+{
+	UnitList unitList;
+	database->loadUnits( &unitList, Unit::All, limit, offset );
+
+	for ( UnitList::const_iterator it = unitList.begin(); it != unitList.end(); ++it ) {
+		if ( !( *it ).name.isEmpty() || !( *it ).plural.isEmpty() )
+			createUnit( *it );
+	}
+}
+
+void UnitListView::checkCreateUnit( const Unit &el )
+{
+	if ( handleElement(el.name) ) { //only create this unit if the base class okays it
+		createUnit(el);
+	}
+}
+
+
+StdUnitListView::StdUnitListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable ) : UnitListView( parent, db )
+{
+	addColumn( i18n( "Unit" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Abbreviation" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Plural" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Abbreviation" ) );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Type" ) );
+
+	TDEConfig * config = TDEGlobal::config();
+	config->setGroup( "Advanced" );
+	bool show_id = config->readBoolEntry( "ShowID", false );
+	addColumn( i18n( "Id" ), show_id ? -1 : 0 );
+
+	if ( editable ) {
+		setRenameable( 0, true );
+		setRenameable( 1, true );
+		setRenameable( 2, true );
+		setRenameable( 3, true );
+		setRenameable( 4, true );
+
+		TDEIconLoader il;
+
+		kpop = new TDEPopupMenu( this );
+		kpop->insertItem( il.loadIcon( "document-new", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Create" ), this, TQ_SLOT( createNew() ), CTRL + Key_C );
+		kpop->insertItem( il.loadIcon( "edit-delete", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Delete" ), this, TQ_SLOT( remove
+			                  () ), Key_Delete );
+		kpop->insertItem( il.loadIcon( "edit", TDEIcon::NoGroup, 16 ), i18n( "&Rename" ), this, TQ_SLOT( rename() ), CTRL + Key_R );
+		kpop->polish();
+
+		typeComboBox = new TQComboBox( false, viewport() );
+		typeComboBox->insertItem(i18n("Other"));
+		typeComboBox->insertItem(i18n("Mass"));
+		typeComboBox->insertItem(i18n("Volume"));
+		addChild( typeComboBox );
+		typeComboBox->hide();
+
+		connect( typeComboBox, TQ_SIGNAL( activated(int) ), TQ_SLOT( updateType(int) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ), TQ_SLOT( hideTypeCombo() ) );
+
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( contextMenu( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ), TQ_SLOT( showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( doubleClicked( TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint &, int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( modUnit( TQListViewItem*, const TQPoint &, int ) ) );
+		connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( itemRenamed( TQListViewItem*, const TQString &, int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( saveUnit( TQListViewItem*, const TQString &, int ) ) );
+	}
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::insertTypeComboBox( TQListViewItem* it )
+{
+	TQRect r;
+
+	// Constraints Box1
+	r = header() ->sectionRect( 4 ); //start at the section 2 header
+	r.moveBy( 0, itemRect( it ).y() ); //Move down to the item, note that its height is same as header's right now.
+
+	r.setHeight( it->height() ); // Set the item's height
+	r.setWidth( header() ->sectionRect( 4 ).width() ); // and width
+	typeComboBox->setGeometry( r );
+
+	UnitListViewItem *unit_it = (UnitListViewItem*)it;
+	typeComboBox->setCurrentItem( unit_it->unit().type );
+
+	typeComboBox->show();
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::updateType( int type )
+{
+	UnitListViewItem *unit_it = (UnitListViewItem*)currentItem();
+	unit_it->setType((Unit::Type)type);
+
+	database->modUnit( unit_it->unit() );
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::hideTypeCombo()
+{
+	typeComboBox->hide();
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::showPopup( TDEListView * /*l*/, TQListViewItem *i, const TQPoint &p )
+{
+	if ( i )
+		kpop->exec( p );
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::createNew()
+{
+	CreateUnitDialog * unitDialog = new CreateUnitDialog( this );
+
+	if ( unitDialog->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+		Unit result = unitDialog->newUnit();
+
+		//check bounds first
+		if ( checkBounds( result )
+		  && database->findExistingUnitByName( result.name ) == -1
+		  && database->findExistingUnitByName( result.plural ) == -1
+		) {
+			database->createNewUnit( result );
+		}
+	}
+	delete unitDialog;
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::remove()
+{
+	// Find selected unit item
+	UnitListViewItem* it = (UnitListViewItem*)currentItem();
+
+	if ( it ) {
+		int unitID = it->unit().id;
+
+		ElementList recipeDependancies, propertyDependancies, weightDependancies;
+		database->findUnitDependancies( unitID, &propertyDependancies, &recipeDependancies, &weightDependancies );
+
+		TQValueList<ListInfo> lists;
+		if ( !recipeDependancies.isEmpty() ) {
+			ListInfo info;
+			info.list = recipeDependancies;
+			info.name = i18n("Recipes");
+			lists << info;
+		}
+		if ( !propertyDependancies.isEmpty() ) {
+			ListInfo info;
+			info.list = propertyDependancies;
+			info.name = i18n("Properties");
+			lists << info;
+		}
+		if ( !weightDependancies.isEmpty() ) {
+			ListInfo info;
+			info.list = weightDependancies;
+			info.name = i18n("Ingredient Weights");
+			lists << info;
+		}
+
+		if ( lists.isEmpty() )
+			database->removeUnit( unitID );
+		else { // need warning!
+			DependanciesDialog warnDialog( this, lists );
+			if ( !recipeDependancies.isEmpty() )
+				warnDialog.setCustomWarning( i18n("You are about to permanantly delete recipes from your database.") );
+			if ( warnDialog.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted )
+				database->removeUnit( unitID );
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::rename()
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = currentItem();
+
+	if ( item ) {
+		CreateUnitDialog unitDialog( this, item->text(0), item->text(2), item->text(1), item->text(3), false );
+		
+		if ( unitDialog.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
+			UnitListViewItem *unit_item = (UnitListViewItem*)item;
+			Unit origUnit = unit_item->unit();
+			Unit newUnit = unitDialog.newUnit();
+
+			//for each changed entry, save the change individually
+
+			Unit unit = origUnit;
+
+			if ( newUnit.name != origUnit.name ) {
+				unit.name = newUnit.name;
+				unit_item->setUnit( unit );
+				saveUnit( unit_item, newUnit.name, 0 );
+
+				//saveUnit will call database->modUnit which deletes the list item we were using
+				unit_item = (UnitListViewItem*) findItem( TQString::number(unit.id), 5 );
+			}
+
+			if ( newUnit.plural != origUnit.plural ) {
+				unit.plural = newUnit.plural;
+				unit_item->setUnit( unit );
+				saveUnit( unit_item, newUnit.plural, 2 );
+				unit_item = (UnitListViewItem*) findItem( TQString::number(unit.id), 5 );
+			}
+
+			if ( !newUnit.name_abbrev.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() && newUnit.name_abbrev != origUnit.name_abbrev ) {
+				unit.name_abbrev = newUnit.name_abbrev;
+				unit_item->setUnit( unit );
+				saveUnit( unit_item, newUnit.name_abbrev, 1 );
+				unit_item = (UnitListViewItem*) findItem( TQString::number(unit.id), 5 );
+			}
+			if ( !newUnit.plural_abbrev.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() && newUnit.plural_abbrev != origUnit.plural_abbrev ) {
+				unit.plural_abbrev = newUnit.plural_abbrev;
+				unit_item->setUnit( unit );
+				saveUnit( unit_item, newUnit.plural_abbrev, 3 );
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::createUnit( const Unit &unit )
+{
+	createElement(new UnitListViewItem( this, unit ));
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::removeUnit( int id )
+{
+	TQListViewItem * item = findItem( TQString::number( id ), 5 );
+	removeElement(item);
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::modUnit( TQListViewItem* i, const TQPoint & /*p*/, int c )
+{
+	if ( i ) {
+		if ( c != 4 )
+			UnitListView::rename( i, c );
+		else {
+			insertTypeComboBox(i);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void StdUnitListView::saveUnit( TQListViewItem* i, const TQString &text, int c )
+{
+	//skip abbreviations
+	if ( c == 0 || c == 2 ) {
+		if ( !checkBounds( Unit( text, text ) ) ) {
+			reload(ForceReload); //reset the changed text
+			return ;
+		}
+	}
+
+	int existing_id = database->findExistingUnitByName( text );
+
+	UnitListViewItem *unit_it = (UnitListViewItem*)i;
+	int unit_id = unit_it->unit().id;
+	if ( existing_id != -1 && existing_id != unit_id && !text.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() ) { //unit already exists with this label... merge the two
+		switch ( KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel( this, i18n( "This unit already exists.  Continuing will merge these two units into one.  Are you sure?" ) ) ) {
+		case KMessageBox::Continue: {
+				database->modUnit( unit_it->unit() );
+				database->mergeUnits( unit_id, existing_id );
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			reload(ForceReload);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		database->modUnit( unit_it->unit() );
+	}
+}
+
+bool StdUnitListView::checkBounds( const Unit &unit )
+{
+	if ( unit.name.length() > uint(database->maxUnitNameLength()) || unit.plural.length() > uint(database->maxUnitNameLength()) ) {
+		KMessageBox::error( this, TQString( i18n( "Unit name cannot be longer than %1 characters." ) ).arg( database->maxUnitNameLength() ) );
+		return false;
+	}
+	else if ( unit.name.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() || unit.plural.stripWhiteSpace().isEmpty() )
+		return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#include "unitlistview.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/unitlistview.h b/src/widgets/unitlistview.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b71b67f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/unitlistview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2004 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*   Unai Garro (ugarro@users.sourceforge.net)                             *
+*   Cyril Bosselut (bosselut@b1project.com)                               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef UNITLISTVIEW_H
+#define UNITLISTVIEW_H
+
+#include "dblistviewbase.h"
+
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+
+class TQComboBox;
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class TDEPopupMenu;
+
+class UnitListView : public DBListViewBase
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	UnitListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db );
+
+public slots:
+	virtual void load( int curr_limit, int curr_offset );
+
+protected slots:
+	virtual void createUnit( const Unit & ) = 0;
+	virtual void removeUnit( int ) = 0;
+
+	void checkCreateUnit( const Unit &el );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void init();
+};
+
+class StdUnitListView : public UnitListView
+{
+	TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	StdUnitListView( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *db, bool editable = false );
+
+protected:
+	virtual void createUnit( const Unit & );
+	virtual void removeUnit( int );
+
+private slots:
+	void showPopup( TDEListView *, TQListViewItem *, const TQPoint & );
+	void hideTypeCombo();
+	void updateType( int type );
+
+	void createNew();
+	void remove();
+	void rename();
+
+	void modUnit( TQListViewItem* i, const TQPoint &p, int c );
+	void saveUnit( TQListViewItem* i, const TQString &text, int c );
+
+private:
+	bool checkBounds( const Unit &unit );
+	void insertTypeComboBox( TQListViewItem* );
+
+	TDEPopupMenu *kpop;
+	TQComboBox *typeComboBox;
+};
+
+#endif //UNITLISTVIEW_H
diff --git a/src/widgets/weightinput.cpp b/src/widgets/weightinput.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17d3d0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/weightinput.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 by                                                 *
+*   Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)                                  *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "weightinput.h"
+
+#include <tdelocale.h>
+
+#include "backends/recipedb.h"
+#include "datablocks/element.h"
+#include "datablocks/weight.h"
+#include "prepmethodcombobox.h"
+
+WeightInput::WeightInput( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *database, Unit::Type type, MixedNumber::Format format ) : 
+  AmountUnitInput(parent,database,type,format),
+  m_database(database)
+{
+	prepMethodBox = new PrepMethodComboBox(false,this,database,i18n("-No Preparation-"));
+	prepMethodBox->reload();
+
+	connect( prepMethodBox, TQ_SIGNAL(activated(int)), TQ_SLOT(emitValueChanged()) );
+}
+
+void WeightInput::emitValueChanged()
+{
+	Weight w;
+	w.perAmount = amount().toDouble();
+
+	Unit u = unit();
+	w.perAmountUnitID = u.id;
+	w.perAmountUnit = (w.perAmount>1)?u.plural:u.name;
+
+	Element prep;
+	w.prepMethod = prep.name;
+	w.prepMethodID = prep.id;
+	emit valueChanged( w );
+}
+
+void WeightInput::setPrepMethod( const Element &prep )
+{
+	if ( prep.id == -1 )
+		prepMethodBox->setCurrentItem(0);
+	else
+		prepMethodBox->setSelected( prep.id );
+
+}
+
+Element WeightInput::prepMethod() const
+{
+	Element prep;
+	prep.id = prepMethodBox->id( prepMethodBox->currentItem() );
+	if ( prep.id != -1 )
+		prep.name = prepMethodBox->currentText();
+	return prep;
+}
+
+#include "weightinput.moc"
diff --git a/src/widgets/weightinput.h b/src/widgets/weightinput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83ff6b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/widgets/weightinput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+*   Copyright (C) 2006 Jason Kivlighn (jkivlighn@gmail.com)               *
+*                                                                         *
+*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+*   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef WEIGHTINPUT_H
+#define WEIGHTINPUT_H
+
+#include "widgets/amountunitinput.h"
+#include "datablocks/unit.h"
+
+class RecipeDB;
+class PrepMethodComboBox;
+class Element;
+class Weight;
+
+class WeightInput : public AmountUnitInput
+{
+TQ_OBJECT
+
+public:
+	WeightInput( TQWidget *parent, RecipeDB *database, Unit::Type type = Unit::All, MixedNumber::Format f = MixedNumber::MixedNumberFormat );
+
+	Element prepMethod() const;
+	void setPrepMethod( const Element & );
+
+public slots:
+	void emitValueChanged();
+
+signals:
+	void valueChanged( const Weight & );
+
+private:
+	PrepMethodComboBox *prepMethodBox;
+
+	RecipeDB *m_database;
+};
+#endif